the RFI Multicoupling Catalogue
Multicoupling Systems
4
T-Pass® Hybrid Multicoupling
9 46
Receiver Multicouplers
50
Preselectors Distribution Systems Tower Mounted Systems
51 72 79
Cavity Filters
84
Cavity Accessories Cavity Mechanics
101 102
Duplexers
103
Rebroadcast Systems
129
System Products
139
Crossband couplers Hybrid/Directional couplers Isolators/Circulators Low Pass/Harmonic Filters Power Dividers/Splitters RF Loads RF Terminators RF Attenuators
140 144 150 153 155 157 159 160
Engineering Services
162
Mounting Hardware
165
Tech Support
172
Multicoupling Systems There are two major components in typical multi-channel multicoupling systems - Transmitter Multicouplers (Combiners) and Receiver Multicouplers. In our Transmitter Multicoupler range, RFI offers the outstanding T-Pass® technology that delivers unparalleled levels of performance, expandability, and frequency flexibility. We also offer other harnessed cavity filter and hybrid coupler based designs. Our Receiver Multicoupler range includes cavity filter and combline based receiver preselectors, and low-noise highperformance preamplifiers with expandable multichannel distribution capability. We supply multicoupling configurations for single or multiple antenna systems and single or multiband multicoupling to suit distributed antenna and radiating cable systems for in-building and in-tunnel communications. RFI have a respected expertise in multicoupling systems design and with our unique design/R&D/manufacturing capability we can provide customised solutions to suit any application. A sampling of our standard product is shown in this catalogue and we can supply products for most frequencies - from below 30MHz to over 2400MHz. If you require a multicoupling system solution not shown in this catalogue, please do not hesitate to contact your local RFI sales office for further assistance.
4
Multicouplers
General RFI can provide a range of multicoupling technologies to satisfy most requirements. We offer the outstanding T-Pass®, hybrid coupler and harnessed multicoupler designs. We can also provide system designs that incorporate a combination of these technologies to ensure that we provide you with the best overall solution - whatever your requirements. Over many years RFI has developed an industry-leading expertise in the design and manufacturing of multicoupling systems. This background enables us to provide solutions to satisfy a range of diverse applications - from simple single channel installations through to the most complex of multi-channel and multi-band systems applications.
T-Pass® The U.S. patented T-Pass® multicoupling technology is available for most frequency bands from 66 to 1000MHz offering unprecedented design and installation flexibility within the bandwidth of the antenna or distribution system chosen. T-Pass® multicouplers utilise innovative three-port bandpass cavities and ferrite isolators to provide unique advantages over ordinary cavity/ferrite combiners. However, unlike ordinary cavity/ferrite combiners, T-Pass® multicouplers are inherently expandable, broadband and easily adaptable to the most difficult simplex and/or duplex system design requirements. Note: For a full introduction to T-Pass® technology please refer to the Technical Support section at the rear of this catalogue or visit our web site at www.rfi.com.au
Superior Expandability and Bandwidth
Ordinary cavity/ferrite combiners rely upon quarterwave cable transformers, resonant stubs and star junctions for combining groups of two or more channels. Mechanical problems quickly develop in the process of trying to locate several groups of cavities in close proximity to each other. Additionally, because of the frequency-sensitive, narrowband nature of the cable transformers, operating bandwidths are usually restricted to about 6% of system centre frequency. While larger bandwidths can be managed in such combiners, system losses rise due to harness mismatches. The broader the operating bandwidth the more severe this mismatch becomes with power being dissipated as heat in all components of the combiner. T-Pass® multicoupler systems can be started at any numbers of channels (even one) and can be expanded one or more channels at a time with factory-tuned, easy-to-install expansion channel assemblies. Expansion is usually accomplished without modifications to the existing system and typically requires nothing more than adding each new channel assembly, in any position. New channel frequencies can be above, below, or between any existing channel frequencies (any order). T-Pass® channel interconnect cables are optimised to their own channel frequency. No compromises are necessary to accommodate other channel frequencies. Channel frequencies can therefore span across a very broad frequency range.
5
Multicouplers
Superior Flexibility of Design The nature of T-Pass® combining makes it easy to tailor each individual channel’s frequency response to satisfy the most challenging simplex, duplex, transmit, receive or combined transmit/receive requirements. Bandpass, Vari-Notch® or Series-Notch® cavity filters can be added to the TPass® cavity to provide tailored responses on any individual channel in the combiner. Such multi-cavity channels can be integrated into systems as easily as standard single cavity channels and T-Pass® expandability is fully retained in systems where multi-cavity channels are used.
Predictable T-Pass® System Performance
T-Pass® channel insertion loss consists of the same components as ordinary cavity/ferrite combiner loss: cavity loss at resonance, isolator forward loss, cable loss, and a selectivity-dependent "bridging loss" that is due to the interaction among channel filters. The predictable behaviour of T-Pass® channels allows systematic determination of system insertion loss.
Applications
T-Pass® multicoupler systems are ideal in a wide variety of analogue and digital communications applications including, but not restricted to the following;
•
Multi-User radio sites containing co-located VHF, UHF, 800 and 900MHz equipment.
•
Radio Paging, Wireless Data and other data transmission systems.
•
Multi-Channel VHF and UHF radio-telephone systems (i.e. MTS, IMTS, NMT-450 cellular, rural), base stations and repeaters.
•
VHF, UHF, 800 and 900MHz trunking systems;
•
220MHz, ACSB trunking systems.
•
Radio Links, VHF, UHF, 800 and 900MHz SCADA, telemetry, control, and data transmission systems.
•
Multi-channel, multi-band multicoupling systems for in-building and in-tunnel communications systems. Long-term dependability and Support
Since their introduction, T-Pass® multicoupler systems have become the preferred choice of many government agencies, commercial site owners and operators throughout the world. Expansion channels are regularly sold for systems that were originally installed more than twenty years ago.
Customised Solutions
Systems are designed and constructed in our factory from a piece part level. This building-block approach allows the customisation of unique solutions to any application’s requirements. The modular nature of our product range provides unprecedented flexibility.
6
Multicouplers
Rugged, High Quality Construction
All T-Pass® systems are built utilising TX RX Systems' field-proven, temperaturecompensated cavities. Setting cavity insertion loss is facilitated by the provision of adjustable silver plated coupling loops. The combinations of heavy-gauge aluminium outer conductor, thick heliarc-welded cavity top plates, silver plating on microfinished tuning assemblies and Invar based temperature compensation results in high performance and excellent long-term reliability. The isolators used within T-Pass® systems provide superior isolation and low insertion loss under continuous power. All isolator loads are conservatively rated for continuous operation at maximum specified power. As standard, cavity and isolator connectors are N-type with non-ferro magnetic platings and all connecting cables are made with high quality, double-shielded and silver-plated cable to provide superior intermodulation performance at high system power levels.
Compact Peg Rack™ Mounting System
We recommend the unique Peg Rack mounting of standard T-Pass® multicoupler systems. Peg Racks can securely hold more channels per given volume than standard 483mm (19”) racks or cabinet mounting arrangements. Peg racks also allow unrestricted access to all system components, facilitating simpler installation, expansion and maintenance. Various 483mm (19”) rack mounting styles are also available for those applications where standardised racking is a site requirement.
Additional Information
See the Seminar Subjects papers located on our website, www.rfi.com.au, for additional information on T-Pass® multicoupler systems.
Harnessed "Star" Combiners "Star" combiners typically utilise a multi-port junction to join several bandpass cavities together. Each cable in the harness is a length representing the mean of all of the frequencies combined. As a result, the accuracy of matching across a broad bandwidth is limited, with insertion losses rising accordingly. In some applications that utilise limited channels such as small in-plant systems with only a few channels spread across a narrow span of spectrum, the use of harnessed combiners may be recommended - despite their limited expansion capabilities and restrictive bandwidth. Also, some systems may be designed around smaller filter types which are not offered in T-Pass® configurations. In such cases, the use of a Star Combiner may be a space-efficient proposition for specific applications. RFI offers multi-channel Star Combiner systems and supports their use in applications where their limitations do not compromise system design and performance objectives - or future expandability. As such, each system is usually custom designed, manufactured and tuned to specific characteristics.
7
Multicouplers
Hybrid Coupler Combiners RFI supply hybrid coupler based transmitter multicouplers in a range of frequency bands and input power ratings to suit many different applications. A hybrid coupler is a multi-port device that provides an alternative to cavity filter combining techniques. Single or multiple hybrid couplers can be used to construct a frequency agile combiner that can accommodate very close frequency spacings - even adjacent channels! A portion of the input power of each channel is dissipated within the combiner loads, thus insertion losses are higher when compared to a cavity based combiner. Compatibility with frequency agile equipment such as trunking and military systems and the ability to accommodate closely spaced channel frequencies are the key features of a RFI Hybrid Coupler Combiner system. In addition, hybrid coupler based multicouplers may often be constructed into smaller areas than traditional cavity based equivalent multicoupler systems. As a result, hybrid coupler multicouplers are particularly suited to in-plant systems utilising few RF channels and where small size is often a desirable prerequisite. Each input port accepts any channel frequency within the operational range without the limited tuned bandwidth restrictions of cavity based combiners, making it ideal for digital, wideband and frequency hopping technologies as well as conventional analogue systems. Quality design and manufacturing ensures that these systems provide reliable long term operation. Hybrid combiners are available in most frequency bands in standard model configurations of two to six channels that use industry standard flush front mount 3RU enclosures. Larger channel capacities and multi-band models are available upon request.
Summary RFI design, manufacture and supply one of the most extensive ranges of multicoupling technologies in today’s marketplace. Please contact RFI to discuss your combining requirements and to identify whether a T-Pass®, Star or Hybrid combiner will provide the best overall solution for your application. Utilising the many combining technologies available in our product range, we can supply an off-the shelf or customised multicoupler solution to suit any application.
This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.
If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here, please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!
8
T-Pass® Expandable Multicouplers 66-88 MHz T-Pass® expandable transmitter multicouplers are ideally suited to VHF base station applications. Each channel comprises of a single cavity filter and a dual isolator. This configuration is for systems employing separate transmit and receive antennas.
• Superior full-band expandability • Flexibility of design configuration • Suitable for narrow/wideband channels • Low insertion loss at minimum separations • RFI Systems support • Rugged, high quality design • Peg Rack and other mounting styles available TP0608 Series T-Pass® (Shown Peg Rack mounted)
Technical Specifications Transmit only Model No.
TP0608-1612-11
TP0608-1112-11
Frequency Range Cavity Type and Diameter
66-88 MHz ¼ wave, 6.625” (168mm)
¼ wave, 10” (254mm)
Maximum Continuous Transmit Power
150W (higher rating available)
Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous) (Single Isolator versions available)
150W
Minimum Tx-Tx Separation @ Cavity Loss
90 KHz @ -1.5 dB 50 KHz @ -2.5 dB
70 KHz @ -1.5 dB 35 KHz @ -2.5 dB
Typical Tx-Tx Isolation @ Minimum Separation
80 dB
Typical Antenna-Tx Isolation
70 dB
Typical Tx Noise suppression
Dependent on cavity insertion loss (See Curves)
Nominal Input Impedance
50 Ohms
Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)
-20 dB (1.22:1)
Temperature Range
-30° to +60° C (-22° to + 140° F)
Connectors, Input and Antenna
N female
Mechanical Mounting
Refer Mounting Hardware section
Dimensions (Typical per-channel)
Refer Cavity Mechanics section
Weight (Typical per-channel) Shipping
11.3Kg (25lbs)
16.3Kg (36lbs)
Standard packaging - One channel per carton May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19”) rack kit (ordered separately)
www.rfi.com.au 9
T-Pass® Expandable Multicouplers 66-88 MHz T-Pass® Tx Noise Suppression vs. Cavity Loss The curves shown below for Tx noise suppression represent the selectivity of typical quarterwave, 168mm (6.625 inch) and 254mm (10 inch) T-Pass® cavity filters. Because T-Pass® cavities exhibit high loaded Q factors, excellent noise suppression and channel-to-channel isolation are achieved with 168mm (6.625 inch) cavities at a minimum separation of 50KHz. Additional cavities can be cascaded onto any channel(s) in a T-Pass® system to customise an individual channel’s response if required. Typical T-Pass® Channel Performance - 168mm (6.625 inch) 66-88 MHz
Tx Noise Suppression
Channel Insertion Loss Tx-to-Tx Separation
Cavity Loss (dB)
Max Power
0
Loss (dB) vs. No. of channels
IL = IL = IL = IL = IL =
-5
2
4
8
12
-3.2
-3.4
-3.6
-4.0
-3.5
-3.9
-4.4
-4.7
-3.6
-4.3
-4.8
-5.1
-10
125 KHz
-1.5
150W
100 KHz 75 KHz
-2.0
135W
-4.1
-4.7
-5.3
-5.6
50 KHz
-2.5
135W
-4.7
-5.5
-6.3
-7.3
Attenuation (dB)
-15
1 MHz
-1.00dB -1.50dB -2.00dB -2.50dB -3.00dB
-20 -25 -30 -35 -40 -45 -50 -55 0.01
0.1 1 Offset from Fo (MHz)
10
Typical T-Pass® Channel Performance - 254mm (10 inch) 66-88 MHz
Tx Noise Suppression
Channel Insertion Loss 0
Tx-to-Tx Separation
Cavity Loss (dB)
Max Power
Loss (dB) vs. No. of channels
-5
2
4
8
12
-3.2
-3.3
-3.6
-4.0
-3.3
-3.7
-4.0
-4.3
100 KHz
-3.4
-3.8
-4.2
-4.6
75 KHz
-3.6
-4.2
-4.7
-5.0
-3.8
-4.9
-5.4
-5.8
-10
125 KHz -1.5
50 KHz
-2.0
150W
135W
Attenuation (dB)
-15
1 MHz
IL = IL = IL = IL = IL =
-1.00dB -1.50dB -2.00dB -2.50dB -3.00dB
-20 -25 -30 -35 -40 -45 -50 -55 0.01
0.1 1 Offset from Fo (MHz)
10
Note: The use of cavity multicouplers for combining multiple channels with minimum frequency spacings may result in undesirable levels of isolator load heat dissipation due to interchannel coupling. Applications involving such requirements should be discussed with RFI prior to ordering to ensure the optimum solution is provided.
TP0608 Series model
www.rfi.com.au 10
T-Pass® Expandable Multicouplers 66-88 MHz T-Pass® expandable transmit/receive multicouplers are ideally suited to the often challenging frequency plans for VHF base station applications. These channels utilise dual cavities to provide the transmitter carrier and noise suppression required for use on single (shared) transmit and receive antennas or where additional transmitter noise or carrier suppression is required. Transmit channels may be ordered complete with dual isolators.
• Suitable for single antenna systems TP0608 Series T-Pass® Transmit only channel
• Suitable for simplex or duplex channels • Flexibility of design • Suitable for narrow/wideband channels • Low insertion loss • RFI Systems support • Rugged, high quality design • Peg Rack and other mounting styles available
TP0608 Series T-Pass® Receive/Transmit/Simplex channel
Technical Specifications Transmit only Model No.
Receive / Transmit / Simplex
TP0608-2612-11
TP0608-2610-11
Frequency Range
66-88 MHz
Cavity Type and Diameter
¼ wave, 6.625” (168mm)
Maximum Continuous Transmit Power
150W (higher ratings available)
Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous) (Single Isolator versions available)
150W
N/A
Minimum Channel Separation @ Cavity Loss
90 KHz @ -2.5 dB 50 KHz @ -3.5 dB
2MHz typical
Typical Tx-Tx Isolation @ Minimum Separation
80 dB @ 50KHz
Varies with minimum Tx-Rx spacing
Typical Tx Noise suppression
Dependent on cavity insertion loss
Nominal Input Impedance
50 Ohms
Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)
-20 dB (1.22:1)
Temperature Range
-30° to +60° C (-22° to + 140° F)
Connectors, Input and Antenna
N female
Mechanical Mounting
Refer Mounting Hardware section
Dimensions (Typical per-channel) Weight (Typical per-channel) Shipping
Refer Cavity Mechanics section 19Kg (41.8lbs)
16Kg (35lbs)
Standard packaging - One channel per carton May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19”) rack kit (ordered separately)
Note: 254mm (10”) versions of the above models available for higher selectivity and lower loss applications.
www.rfi.com.au 11
T-Pass® Expandable Multicouplers 88-108 MHz These T-Pass® expandable transmitter multicouplers are ideally suited to the multicoupling requirements of low and medium power FM Broadcast applications. Each of the channels comprise of a single cavity and a dual isolator to provide a narrow passband response suitable for narrowband modulation transmission. Higher power models are also available upon request.
• Ideal for narrowband broadcast radio • Low insertion loss • Long-term reliability • RFI Systems support • Rugged, high quality design • Peg Rack and other mounting styles available
TP0810 Series T-Pass®
Technical Specifications Transmit only Model No.
TP0810-1612-11
TP0810-1112-11
Frequency Range Cavity Type and Diameter
88-108 MHz ¼ wave, 6.625” (168mm)
¼ wave, 10” (254mm)
Maximum Continuous Transmit Power
150W (higher ratings available)
Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous) (Single Isolator versions available)
150W
Minimum Tx-Tx Separation @ Cavity Loss
90 KHz @ -1.5 dB 50 KHz @ -2.5 dB
70 KHz @ -1.5 dB 35 KHz @ -2.5 dB
Typical Tx-Tx Isolation @ Minimum Separation
80 dB
Typical Antenna-Tx Isolation
70 dB
Typical Tx Noise suppression
Dependent on cavity insertion loss (See Curves)
Nominal Input Impedance
50 Ohms
Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)
-20 dB (1.22:1)
Temperature Range
-30° to +60° C (-22° to + 140° F)
Connectors, Input and Antenna
N female
Mechanical Mounting
Refer Mounting Hardware section
Dimensions (Typical per-channel)
Refer Cavity Mechanics section
Weight (Typical per-channel) Shipping
10Kg (22lbs)
14Kg (34lbs)
Standard packaging - One channel per carton May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19”) rack kit (ordered separately)
www.rfi.com.au 12
T-Pass® Expandable Multicouplers 88-108 MHz T-Pass® Channel Insertion Loss The typical channel losses specified in the tables below are for equally-spaced channels only. Channel loss may be higher or lower in multicouplers where Tx-Tx separation varies from one channel to another. Contact RFI for T-Pass® channel loss specifications based on your actual frequency plan.
T-Pass® Tx Noise Suppression vs. Cavity Loss The curves shown below for Tx noise suppression represent the selectivity of typical quarterwave, 168mm (6.625 inch) and 254mm (10 inch) T-Pass® cavity filters. Because T-Pass® cavities exhibit high loaded Q factors, excellent noise suppression and channel-to-channel isolation are achieved with 168mm (6.625 inch) cavities at a minimum separation of 75KHz. Closer separations are achievable using 254mm (10 inch) cavities. Additional cavities can be cascaded onto any channels in a T-Pass® system to customise an individual channel’s response if required. Typical T-Pass® Channel Performance - 168mm (6.625 inch) 88-108 MHz
Channel Insertion Loss Tx-to-Tx Separation
Cavity Loss (dB)
Max Power
Tx Noise Suppression 0
Loss (dB) vs. No. of channels
IL = IL = IL = IL = IL =
-5
2
4
8
12
-3.2
-3.4
-3.6
-4.0
-3.5
-3.9
-4.4
-4.7
-3.6
-4.3
-4.8
-5.1
-10
125 KHz
-1.5
150W
100 KHz 75 KHz
-2.0
135W
-4.1
-4.7
-5.3
-5.6
50 KHz
-2.5
135W
-4.7
-5.5
-6.3
-7.3
Attenuation (dB)
-15
1 MHz
-1.00dB -1.50dB -2.00dB -2.50dB -3.00dB
-20 -25 -30 -35 -40 -45 -50 -55 0.01
0.1 1 Offset from Fo (MHz)
10
Typical T-Pass® Channel Performance - 254mm (10 inch) 88-108 MHz
Tx Noise Suppression
Channel Insertion Loss Tx-to-Tx Separation
Cavity Loss (dB)
Max Power
0
Loss (dB) vs. No. of channels
-5
2
4
8
12
1 KHz
-3.2
-3.3
-3.6
-4.0
125 KHz
-3.3
-3.7
-4.0
-4.3
100 KHz
-3.4
-3.8
-4.2
-4.6
75 KHz
-3.6
-4.2
-4.7
-5.0
-3.8
-4.9
-5.4
-5.8
-10
-1.5
50 KHz
-2.0
150W
135W
Attenuation (dB)
-15
IL = IL = IL = IL = IL =
-1.00dB -1.50dB -2.00dB -2.50dB -3.00dB
-20 -25 -30 -35 -40 -45 -50 -55 0.01
0.1 1 Offset from Fo (MHz)
10
Note: The use of cavity multicouplers for combining multiple channels with minimum frequency spacings may result in undesirable levels of isolator load heat dissipation due to interchannel coupling. Applications involving such requirements should be discussed with RFI prior to ordering to ensure the optimum solution is provided.
TP0810 Series model.
www.rfi.com.au 13
T-Pass® Expandable Multicouplers 88-108 MHz A combination of T-Pass® and bandpass cavity filters with a dual isolator provide the broad passband response and transmit-transmit isolation required by wideband channel modulation. T-Pass® expandable transmit multicouplers are ideally suited to wideband FM radio broadcast applications.
• Ideal for wideband FM broadcast radio • Flexibility of design TP0810 Series T-Pass® Transmit only channel
• Low insertion loss • RFI Systems support • Rugged, high quality design • Peg Rack and other mounting styles available
Technical Specifications Transmit only Model No.
TP0810-2612-11
Frequency Range
88-108 MHz
Cavity Type and Diameter
¼ wave, 6.625” (168mm)
Maximum Continuous Transmit Power
150W (higher ratings available)
Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous) (Single Isolator versions available)
150W
Minimum Channel Separation @ Cavity Loss
200 KHz @ -2.5 dB 100 KHz @ -3.5 dB
Typical Tx-Tx Isolation @ Minimum Separation
80 dB @ 100KHz
Typical Tx Noise suppression
Dependent on cavity insertion loss
Nominal Input Impedance
50 Ohms
Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)
-20 dB (1.22:1)
Temperature Range
-30° to +60° C (-22° to + 140° F)
Connectors, Input and Antenna
N female
Mechanical Mounting
Refer Mounting Hardware section
Dimensions (Typical per-channel)
Refer Cavity Mechanics section
Weight (Typical per-channel)
17Kg (37.5lbs)
Shipping
Standard packaging - One channel per carton May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19”) rack kit (ordered separately)
Note: 254mm (10”) versions of the above models available for higher selectivity and lower loss applications.
www.rfi.com.au 14
T-Pass® Expandable Multicouplers 108-136 MHz T-Pass® expandable transmitter multicouplers are ideally suited to the operations-critical applications of the VHF Aviation Band. Each channel utilises a single cavity and a dual isolator and are for use on sites configured with separate transmit and receive antennas.
• For dedicated transmit antenna systems • Superior expandability • Low insertion loss • RFI Systems support • Rugged, high quality design • Peg Rack and other mounting styles available
TP1013 Series T-Pass®
Technical Specifications Model No.
Transmit only TP1013-1612-11
TP1013-1112-11
Frequency Range Cavity Type and Diameter
108-136 MHz ¼ wave, 6.625” (168mm)
Maximum Continuous Transmit Power
150W (higher ratings available)
Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous) Minimum Tx-Tx Separation @ Cavity Loss
¼ wave, 10” (254mm)
150 W 100 KHz @ -1.5 dB 60 KHz @ -2.5 dB
80 KHz @ -1.5 dB 45 KHz @ -2.5 dB
Typical Tx-Tx Isolation @ Minimum Separation
80 dB
Typical Antenna-Tx Isolation
70 dB
Typical Tx Noise suppression
Depends on Cavity Loss setting - see curves
Nominal Input Impedance
50 Ohms
Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)
-20 dB (1.22:1)
Temperature Range
-30° to +60° C (-22° to + 140° F)
Connectors, Input and Antenna
N female
Mechanical Mounting
Refer Mounting Hardware section
Dimensions (Typical per-channel) Weight (Typical per-channel) Shipping
Refer Cavity Mechanics section 8.1Kg (18lbs)
11.1Kg (24.5lbs)
Standard packaging - One channel per carton May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19”) rack kit (ordered separately)
www.rfi.com.au 15
T-Pass® Expandable Multicouplers 108-136 MHz T-Pass® Tx Noise Suppression vs. Cavity Loss The curves shown below for Tx noise suppression represent the selectivity of typical quarterwave, 168mm (6.625 inch) and 254mm (10 inch) T-Pass® cavity filters. Because T-Pass® cavities exhibit high loaded Q factors, excellent noise suppression and channel-to-channel isolation are achieved with 168mm (6.625 inch) cavities at a minimum separation of 75KHz. Closer separations are achievable using 254mm (10 inch) cavities. Additional cavities can be cascaded onto any channels in a T-Pass® system to customise an individual channel’s response if required. Typical T-Pass® Channel Performance - 168mm (6.625 inch) 108-136 MHz
Channel Insertion Loss Tx-to-Tx Separation
Cavity Loss (dB)
Max Power
Tx Noise Suppression 0
Loss (dB) vs. No. of channels
IL = IL = IL = IL = IL =
-5
2
4
8
12
-2.6
-2.7
-3.0
-3.3
-2.7
-3.0
-3.3
-3.6
-3.2
-4.0
-4.7
-5.1
-3.6
-4.2
-5.2
-5.6
-10
125 KHz
-1.5
150W
100 KHz 75 KHz
-2.0
135W
50 KHz
Attenuation (dB)
-15
1 MHz
-1.00dB -1.50dB -2.00dB -2.50dB -3.00dB
-20 -25 -30 -35 -40 -45
Use 10 inch cavities at this separation
-50 -55 0.01
0.1 1 Offset from Fo (MHz)
10
Typical T-Pass® Channel Performance - 254mm (10 inch) 108-136 MHz
Channel Insertion Loss Tx-to-Tx Separation
Cavity Loss (dB)
Max Power
Tx Noise Suppression 0
Loss (dB) vs. No. of channels
-5
2
4
8
12
-2.6
-2.7
-3.0
-3.2
-2.6
-2.9
-3.1
-3.4
-2.9
-3.6
-4.0
-4.4
-10
125 KHz
-1.5
150W
100 KHz 75 KHz
-2.0
150W
-3.5
-4.1
-4.6
-4.9
50 KHz
-2.5
130W
-4.1
-4.8
-5.4
-5.7
Attenuation (dB)
-15
1 MHz
IL = IL = IL = IL = IL =
-1.00dB -1.50dB -2.00dB -2.50dB -3.00dB
-20 -25 -30 -35 -40 -45 -50 -55 0.01
0.1 1 Offset from Fo (MHz)
10
Note: The use of cavity multicouplers for combining multiple channels with minimum frequency spacings may result in undesirable levels of isolator load heat dissipation due to interchannel coupling. Applications involving such requirements should be discussed with RFI prior to ordering to ensure the optimum solution is provided.
TP1013 Series model
www.rfi.com.au 16
T-Pass® Expandable Multicouplers 108-136 MHz T-Pass® expandable transmit/receive multicouplers are ideally suited to the operations-critical applications of the VHF Aviation Band. Each channel utilises dual cavities to provide the levels of transmitter carrier and noise suppression required for use on single (shared) transmit and receive antennas. Transmit channels may be ordered complete with dual isolators.
• For single antenna systems • Superior expandability
TP1013 Series T-Pass® Transmit only channel
• Low insertion loss • RFI Systems support • Rugged, high quality design • Peg Rack and other mounting styles available
TP1013 Series T-Pass® Receive/Transmit/Simplex channel
Technical Specifications Transmit only Model No.
Receive/Transmit/Simplex
TP1013-2612-11
TP1013-2610-11
Frequency Range
108-136 MHz
Cavity Type and Diameter
¼ wave, 6.625” (168mm)
Maximum Continuous Transmit Power
150W (higher ratings available)
Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous) (Single Isolator versions available)
150W
N/A
Minimum Channel Separation @ Cavity Loss
100 KHz @ -2.5 dB 60 KHz @ -3.5 dB
2.2MHz typical
Typical Isolation @ Minimum Separation
80 dB @ 60KHz
Nominal Input Impedance
Varies with minimum Tx-Rx spacing 50 Ohms
Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)
-20 dB (1.22:1)
Temperature Range
-30° to +60° C (-22° to + 140° F)
Connectors, Input and Antenna
N female
Mechanical Mounting
Refer Mounting Hardware section
Dimensions (Typical per-channel)
Refer Cavity Mechanics section
Weight (Typical per-channel) Shipping
14.1Kg (31lbs)
12Kg (26.4lbs)
Standard packaging - One channel per carton May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19”) rack kit (ordered separately)
Note: 254mm (10”) versions of the above models available for higher selectivity and lower loss applications.
www.rfi.com.au 17
T-Pass® Expandable Multicouplers 132-174 MHz T-Pass® expandable transmitter multicouplers are ideally suited to both analogue and digital VHF voice, data and paging applications. The full band operation allows multiple services to share common antennas, saving valuable tower space. Each channel utilises a single cavity and dual isolator and are for use on sites configured with separate transmit and receive antennas.
• Full band capability • Ideal for both analogue and digital technologies • Suits Trunking, Paging & PMR applications • Superior expandability • Simplifies site design • RFI Systems records support • Peg Rack and other mounting styles available
TP1317 Series T-Pass®
Technical Specifications Model No.
Transmit only TP1317-1612-11
TP1317-1112-11
Frequency Range Cavity Type and Diameter
132-174 MHz ¼ wave, 6.625” (168mm)
¼ wave, 10” (254mm)
Maximum Continuous Transmit Power
150W (higher ratings available)
Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous)
150 W
Minimum Tx-Tx Separation @ Cavity Loss
125 KHz @ -1.5 dB 75 KHz @ -2.5 dB
95 KHz @ -1.5 dB 50 KHz @ -2.5 dB
Typical Tx-Tx Isolation @ Minimum Separation
80 dB
Typical Antenna-Tx Isolation
70 dB
Typical Tx Noise suppression
Depends on Cavity Loss setting - see curves
Nominal Input Impedance
50 Ohms
Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)
-20 dB (1.22:1)
Temperature Range
-30° to +60° C (-22° to + 140° F)
Connectors, Input and Antenna
N female
Mechanical Mounting
Refer Mounting Hardware section
Dimensions (Typical per-channel) Weight (Typical per-channel) Shipping
Refer Cavity Mechanics section 6.3Kg (14lbs)
8.6Kg (19lbs)
Standard packaging - One channel per carton May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19”) rack kit (ordered separately)
www.rfi.com.au 18
T-Pass® Expandable Multicouplers 132-174 MHz T-Pass® Tx Noise Suppression vs. Cavity Loss The curves shown below for Tx noise suppression represent the selectivity of typical quarterwave, 168mm (6.625 inch) and 254mm (10 inch) T-Pass® cavity filters. Because T-Pass® cavities exhibit high loaded Q factors, excellent noise suppression and channel-to-channel isolation are achieved with 168mm (6.625 inch) cavities at a minimum separation of 75KHz. Closer separations are achievable using 254mm (10 inch) cavities. Additional cavities can be cascaded onto any channels in a T-Pass® system to customise an individual channel’s response if required. Typical T-Pass® Channel Performance - 168mm (6.625 inch) 132-174 MHz
Tx Noise Suppression
Channel Insertion Loss Cavity Loss (dB)
Max Power
1 MHz -1.5
4
8
12
-2.6
-2.7
-3.0
-3.3
-3.3
-4.5
-5.3
-5.7
150W
125 KHz
IL = IL = IL = IL = IL =
-5
2
100 KHz
-2.0
135W
-3.6
-4.5
-5.2
-5.5
75 KHz
-2.5
115W
-4.3
-5.4
-6.2
-6.7
-10 -15 Attenuation (dB)
Tx-to-Tx Separation
0
Loss (dB) vs. No. of channels
-1.00dB -1.50dB -2.00dB -2.50dB -3.00dB
-20 -25 -30 -35 -40 -45
50 KHz
Use 10 inch cavities at this separation
-50 -55 0.01
0.1 1 Offset from Fo (MHz)
10
Typical T-Pass® Channel Performance - 254mm (10 inch) 132-174 MHz
Channel Insertion Loss Cavity Loss (dB)
Max Power
1 MHz 125 KHz
-1.5
150W
100 KHz
-5
2
4
8
12
-2.6
-2.7
-2.9
-3.1
-2.9
-3.4
-3.8
-4.0
-3.0
-3.7
-4.2
-4.5
75 KHz
-2.0
150W
-3.5
-4.2
-4.7
-5.0
50 KHz
-2.5
130W
-4.1
-5.0
-5.7
-6.1
-10 -15 Attenuation (dB)
Tx-to-Tx Separation
Tx Noise Suppression 0
Loss (dB) vs. No. of channels
IL = IL = IL = IL = IL =
-1.00dB -1.50dB -2.00dB -2.50dB -3.00dB
-20 -25 -30 -35 -40 -45 -50 -55 0.01
0.1 1 Offset from Fo (MHz)
10
Note: The use of cavity multicouplers for combining multiple channels with minimum frequency spacings may result in undesirable levels of isolator load heat dissipation due to interchannel coupling. Applications involving such requirements should be discussed with RFI prior to ordering to ensure the optimum solution is provided.
TP1317 Series model
www.rfi.com.au 19
T-Pass® Expandable Multicouplers 132-174 MHz T-Pass® expandable transmit/receive multicouplers are ideally suited to the often challenging frequency plans of VHF base station applications. These channels utilise dual cavities to provide the transmitter carrier and noise suppression required for use on single (shared) transmit and receive antennas. Transmit channels may be ordered complete with dual isolators.
• Suits dual or single antenna systems • Suits simplex or duplex systems
TP1317 Series T-Pass® Transmit only channel
• Ideal for both analogue and digital technologies • Suitable for narrow/wideband channels • Low insertion loss • RFI Systems support • Peg Rack and other mounting styles available TP1317 Series T-Pass® Receive/Transmit/Simplex channel
Technical Specifications Transmit only Model No.
Receive/Transmit/Simplex
TP1317-2612-11
TP1317-2610-11
Frequency Range
132-174 MHz
Cavity Type and Diameter
¼ wave, 6.625” (168mm)
Maximum Continuous Transmit Power
150W (higher ratings available)
Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous) (Single Isolator versions available)
150 W
N/A
Minimum Channel Separation @ Cavity Loss
125 KHz @ -2.5 dB 75 KHz @ -3.5 dB
2.5MHz
Typical Isolation @ Minimum Separation
80 dB @ 75KHz
Varies with minimum Tx-Rx spacing
Nominal Input Impedance
50 Ohms
Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)
-20 dB (1.22:1)
Temperature Range
-30° to +60° C (-22° to + 140° F)
Connectors, Input and Antenna
N female
Mechanical Mounting
Refer Mounting Hardware section
Dimensions (Typical per-channel)
Refer Cavity Mechanics section
Weight (Typical per-channel) Shipping
10.5Kg (23.1lbs)
8.4Kg (18.5lbs)
Standard packaging - One channel per carton May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19”) rack kit (ordered separately)
Note: 254mm (10”) versions of the above models available for higher selectivity and lower loss applications.
www.rfi.com.au 20
T-Pass® Expandable Multicouplers 168-250 MHz T-Pass® expandable transmitter multicouplers are ideally suited to VHF voice, data and paging applications. These channels utilise a single cavity and dual isolator and are for use on sites configured with separate transmit and receive antennas.
• European Trunking and PMR applications • Broad bandwidth capability • Simplifies site design • RFI Systems records support • Rugged, high quality design • Various mounting styles
TP1625 Series T-Pass®
Technical Specifications Transmit only Model No.
TP1625-1612-11
Frequency Range
168-250 MHz
Cavity Type and Diameter
¼ wave, 6.625” (168mm)
Maximum Continuous Transmit Power
150W (higher ratings available)
Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous)
150 W
Minimum Tx-Tx Separation @ Cavity Loss
170 KHz @ -1.5 dB 95 KHz @ -2.5 dB
Typical Tx-Tx Isolation @ Minimum Separation
80 dB
Typical Antenna-Tx Isolation
70 dB
Typical Tx Noise suppression
Depends on Cavity Loss setting - see curves
Nominal Input Impedance
50 Ohms
Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)
-20 dB (1.22:1)
Temperature Range
-30° to +60° C (-22° to + 140° F)
Connectors, Input and Antenna
N female
Mechanical Mounting
Refer Mounting Hardware section
Dimensions (Typical per-channel)
Refer Cavity Mechanics section
Weight (Typical per-channel)
6Kg (13.2lbs)
Shipping
Standard packaging - One channel per carton May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19”) rack kit (ordered separately)
www.rfi.com.au 21
T-Pass® Expandable Multicouplers 168-250 MHz Applications The broad frequency expansion capability of T-Pass® technology provides a unique solution to the many varied applications of multicoupling systems. The compatibility of T-Pass® with both analogue and digital protocols, and the ability to cater for narrow and wide channel bandwidths within the one multicoupler provides the system designer with a unique solutions capability.
T-Pass® Tx Noise Suppression vs. Cavity Loss The curves shown below for Tx noise suppression represent the selectivity of typical quarterwave, 168mm (6.625 inch) T-Pass® cavity filters. Because T-Pass® cavities exhibit high loaded Q factors, excellent noise suppression and channel-to-channel isolation are achieved with 168mm (6.625 inch) cavities at a minimum separation of 95KHz. Additional cavities can be cascaded onto any channels in a T-Pass® system to customise an individual channel’s response if required.
Typical T-Pass® Channel Performance - 168mm (6.625 inch) 168-250 MHz
Channel Insertion Loss Cavity Loss (dB)
Max Power
1 MHz 250 KHz
-1.5
150W
175 KHz
Loss (dB) vs. No. of channels
IL = IL = IL = IL = IL =
-5
2
4
8
12
-2.6
-2.7
-3.0
-3.3
-2.9
-3.4
-3.8
-4.1
-3.1
-3.9
-4.5
-4.9
125 KHz
-2.0
135W
-3.6
-4.4
-4.9
-5.3
100 KHz
-2.5
115W
-4.1
-4.5
-5.4
-5.8
-10 -15
Attenuation (dB)
Tx-to-Tx Separation
Tx Noise Suppression 0 -1.00dB -1.50dB -2.00dB -2.50dB -3.00dB
-20 -25 -30 -35 -40 -45 -50 -55 0.01
0.1 1 Offset from Fo (MHz)
10
Note: The use of cavity multicouplers for combining multiple channels with minimum frequency spacings may result in undesirable levels of isolator load heat dissipation due to interchannel coupling. Applications involving such requirements should be discussed with RFI prior to ordering to ensure the optimum solution is provided.
This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.
If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here, please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!
TP1625 Series model
www.rfi.com.au 22
T-Pass® Expandable Multicouplers 168-250 MHz T-Pass® expandable transmit/receive multicouplers are ideally suited to VHF base station applications. These channels utilise dual cavities to provide the transmitter carrier and noise suppression required for use on single (shared) transmit and receive antennas. Transmit channels may be ordered complete with dual isolators.
• Suits dual or single antenna systems • Suits simplex or duplex systems TP1625 Series T-Pass® Transmit only channel
• Flexibility of design • Suitable for narrow/wideband channels • Low insertion loss • RFI Systems support • Rugged, high quality design • Peg Rack and other mounting styles available
TP1625 Series T-Pass® Receive/Transmit/Simplex channel
Technical Specifications Transmit only Model No.
Receive/Transmit/Simplex
TP1625-2612-11
TP1625-2610-11
Frequency Range
168-250 MHz
Cavity Type and Diameter
¼ wave, 6.625” (168mm)
Maximum Continuous Transmit Power
150W (higher ratings available)
Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous) (Single Isolator versions available)
150 W
N/A
Minimum Channel Separation @ Cavity Loss
170 KHz @ -2.5 dB 95 KHz @ -3.5 dB
3 MHz typical
Typical Isolation @ Minimum Separation
80 dB @ 95KHz
Varies with minimum Tx-Rx spacing
Nominal Input Impedance
50 Ohms
Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)
-20 dB (1.22:1)
Temperature Range
-30° to +60° C (-22° to + 140° F)
Connectors, Input and Antenna
N female
Mechanical Mounting
Refer Mounting Hardware section
Dimensions (Typical per-channel)
Refer Cavity Mechanics section
Weight (Typical per-channel) Shipping
10.2Kg (22.4lbs)
8.1Kg (17.8lbs)
Standard packaging - One channel per carton May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19”) rack kit (ordered separately)
Note: 254mm (10”) versions of the above models available for higher selectivity and lower loss applications.
www.rfi.com.au 23
T-Pass® Expandable Multicouplers 215-300 MHz T-Pass® expandable transmitter multicouplers are ideally suited to VHF voice, data and paging applications. Each channel utilises a single cavity and dual isolator combination and are for use on sites configured with separate transmit and receive antennas.
• Ideal for Military, new PMR and Trunking bands • Compact size ratio • Excellent performance • Flexible expansion capability • Long-term dependability • RFI Systems records support • Rugged, high quality design • Peg Rack and other mounting styles available TP2130 Series T-Pass®
Technical Specifications Transmit only Model No.
TP2130-1612-11
TP2130-1112-11
Frequency Range Cavity Type and Diameter
215-300 MHz ¼ wave, 6.625” (168mm)
Maximum Continuous Transmit Power Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous) Minimum Tx-Tx Separation @ Cavity Loss
¼ wave, 10” (254mm)
150W (higher ratings available) 150 W 170 KHz @ -1.5 dB 95 KHz @ -2.5 dB
140 KHz @ -1.5 dB 75 KHz @ -2.5 dB
Typical Tx-Tx Isolation @ Minimum Separation
80 dB
Typical Antenna-Tx Isolation
70 dB
Typical Tx Noise suppression
Depends on Cavity Loss setting - see curves
Nominal Input Impedance
50 Ohms
Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)
-20 dB (1.22:1)
Temperature Range
-30° to +60° C (-22° to + 140° F)
Connectors, Input and Antenna
N female
Mechanical Mounting
Refer Mounting Hardware section
Dimensions (Typical per-channel) Weight (Typical per-channel) Shipping
Refer Cavity Mechanics section 5.1Kg (11.2lbs)
6.3Kg (14lbs)
Standard packaging - One channel per carton May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19”) rack kit (ordered separately)
www.rfi.com.au 24
T-Pass® Expandable Multicouplers 215-300 MHz Applications The broad frequency expansion capability of T-Pass® technology provides a unique solution to the many varied applications of multicoupling systems. The compatibility of T-Pass® with both analogue and digital protocols, and the ability to cater for narrow and wide channels bandwidths within the one multicoupler, provide the system designer with a unique solutions capability.
T-Pass® Tx Noise Suppression vs. Cavity Loss The curves shown below for Tx noise suppression represent the selectivity of typical quarterwave, 168mm (6.625 inch) and 254mm (10 inch) T-Pass® cavity filters. Because T-Pass® cavities exhibit high loaded Q factors, excellent noise suppression and channel-to-channel isolation are achieved with 168mm (6.625 inch) cavities at a minimum separation of 95KHz. Closer separations are achievable using 254mm (10 inch) cavities. Additional cavities can be cascaded onto any channels in a T-Pass® system to customise an individual channel’s response if required. Typical T-Pass® Channel Performance - 168mm (6.625 inch) 215-300 MHz
Tx Noise Suppression
Channel Insertion Loss 0
Tx-to-Tx Separation
Cavity Loss (dB)
Max Power
Loss (dB) vs. No. of channels
IL = IL = IL = IL = IL =
-5
2
4
8
12
-2.6
-2.7
-3.0
-3.3
-2.9
-3.4
-3.8
-4.1
-3.1
-3.9
-4.5
-4.9
-10
250 KHz
-1.5
150W
175 KHz 125 KHz
-2.0
135W
-3.6
-4.4
-4.9
-5.3
100 KHz
-2.5
115W
-4.1
-4.5
-5.4
-5.8
Attenuation (dB)
-15
1 MHz
-1.00dB -1.50dB -2.00dB -2.50dB -3.00dB
-20 -25 -30 -35 -40 -45 -50 -55 0.01
0.1 1 Offset from Fo (MHz)
10
Typical T-Pass® Channel Performance - 254mm (10 inch) 215-300 MHz
Channel Insertion Loss
Tx Noise Suppression 0
Tx-to-Tx Separation
Cavity Loss (dB)
Max Power
Loss (dB) vs. No. of channels
-5
2
4
8
12
-2.6
-2.7
-2.9
-3.1
-2.8
-3.1
-3.4
-3.7
-3.04
-3.8
-4.3
-4.6
-10
250 KHz
-1.5
150W
150 KHz
Attenuation (dB)
-15
1 MHz
IL = IL = IL = IL = IL =
-1.00dB -1.50dB -2.00dB -2.50dB -3.00dB
-20 -25 -30 -35 -40
100 KHz
-2.0
150W
-3.6
-4.5
-5.1
-5.5
75 KHz
-2.5
130W
-4.2
-5.1
-5.8
-6.2
-45 -50 -55 0.01
0.1 1 Offset from Fo (MHz)
10
Note: The use of cavity multicouplers for combining multiple channels with minimum frequency spacings may result in undesirable levels of isolator load heat dissipation due to interchannel coupling. Applications involving such requirements should be discussed with RFI prior to ordering to ensure the optimum solution is provided.
TP2130 Series model
www.rfi.com.au 25
T-Pass® Expandable Multicouplers 215-300 MHz T-Pass® expandable transmit/receive multicouplers are ideally suited to VHF base station applications. These channels utilise dual cavities to provide the transmitter carrier and noise suppression required for use on single (shared) transmit and receive antennas. Transmit channels may be ordered complete with dual isolators.
• Suits dual or single antenna systems • Suits simplex or duplex systems TP2130 Series T-Pass® Transmit only channel
• Flexibility of design • Suitable narrow/wideband channels • Low insertion loss • RFI Systems support • Rugged, high quality design • Peg Rack and other mounting styles available
TP2130 Series T-Pass® Receive/Transmit/Simplex channel
Technical Specifications Transmit only
Receive/Transmit/Simplex
TP2130-2612-11
TP2130-2610-11
Model No. Frequency Range
215-300 MHz
Cavity Type and Diameter
¼ wave, 6.625” (168mm)
Maximum Continuous Transmit Power
150W (higher ratings available)
Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous) (Single Isolator versions available)
150 W
N/A
Minimum Channel Separation @ Cavity Loss
170 KHz @ -2.5 dB 95 KHz @ -3.5 dB
3MHz typical
Typical Isolation @ Minimum Separation
80 dB @ 95KHz
Varies with minimum Tx-Rx spacing
Nominal Input Impedance
50 Ohms
Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)
-20 dB (1.22:1)
Temperature Range
-30° to +60° C (-22° to + 140° F)
Connectors, Input and Antenna
N female
Mechanical Mounting
Refer Mounting Hardware section
Dimensions (Typical per-channel)
Refer Cavity Mechanics section
Weight (Typical per-channel) Shipping
8.1Kg (18lbs)
6Kg (13.2lbs)
Standard packaging - One channel per carton May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19”) rack kit (ordered separately)
Note: 254mm (10”) versions of the above models available for higher selectivity and lower loss applications.
www.rfi.com.au 26
T-Pass® Expandable Multicouplers 300-400 MHz T-Pass® expandable transmitter multicouplers are ideally suited to both analogue and digital UHF PMR and trunking applications. These channels utilise a single cavity and dual isolator and are for use on sites configured with separate transmit and receive antennas.
• Ideal for Military, new PMR, Trunking and P25 bands • Full bandwidth • Ideal for both analogue and digital technologies • Excellent performance • Long-term dependability • RFI Systems records support • Rugged, high quality design • Peg Rack and other mounting styles available TP3040 Series T-Pass®
Technical Specifications Transmit only Model No.
TP3040-1612-11
TP3040-1112-11
Frequency Range Cavity Type and Diameter
300-400 MHz ¼ wave, 6.625” (168mm)
Maximum Continuous Transmit Power Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous) Minimum Tx-Tx Separation @ Cavity Loss
¼ wave, 10” (254mm)
150W (higher ratings available) 150 W 215 KHz @ -1.5 dB 115 KHz @ -2.5 dB
150 KHz @ -1.5 dB 75 KHz @ -2.5 dB
Typical Tx-Tx Isolation @ Minimum Separation
80 dB
Typical Antenna-Tx Isolation
70 dB
Typical Tx Noise suppression
Depends on Cavity Loss setting - see curves
Nominal Input Impedance
50 Ohms
Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)
-20 dB (1.22:1)
Temperature Range
-30° to +60° C (-22° to + 140° F)
Connectors, Input and Antenna
N female
Mechanical Mounting
Refer Mounting Hardware section
Dimensions (Typical per-channel)
Refer Cavity Mechanics section
Weight (Typical per-channel) Shipping
4.5Kg (10lbs)
5.3Kg (12lbs)
Standard packaging - One channel per carton May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19”) rack kit (ordered separately)
www.rfi.com.au 27
T-Pass® Expandable Multicouplers 300-400 MHz Applications The broad frequency expansion capability of T-Pass® technology ideally suits the many varied requirements of multicoupling in analogue and digital applications. The compatibility of T-Pass® with both analogue and digital protocols, and the ability to cater to narrow and wide channel bandwidths within the one multicoupler, provide the system designer with a unique solutions capability.
T-Pass® Tx Noise Suppression vs. Cavity Loss The curves shown below for Tx noise suppression represent the selectivity of typical quarterwave, 168mm (6.625 inch) and 254mm (10 inch) T-Pass® cavity filters. Because T-Pass® cavities exhibit high loaded Q factors, excellent noise suppression and channel-to-channel isolation are achieved with 168mm (6.625 inch) cavities at a minimum separation of 125KHz. Closer separations are achievable using 254mm (10 inch) cavities. Additional cavities can be cascaded onto any channels in a T-Pass® system to customise an individual channel’s response if required. Typical T-Pass® Channel Performance - 168mm (6.625 inch) 300-400 MHz
Tx Noise Suppression
Channel Insertion Loss 0
Cavity Loss (dB)
Max Power
1 MHz -1.5
Loss (dB) vs. No. of channels 2
4
8
12
-2.4
-2.6
-2.9
-3.1
-2.9
-3.8
-4.4
-4.7
150W
250 KHz
IL = IL = IL = IL = IL =
-5 -10 -15 Attenuation (dB)
Tx-to-Tx Separation
-1.00dB -1.50dB -2.00dB -2.50dB -3.00dB
-20 -25 -30 -35 -40
150 KHz
-2.0
130W
-3.6
-4.8
-5.6
-6.0
125 KHz
-2.5
110W
-4.1
-5.2
-6.0
-6.4
-45 -50 -55 0.01
0.1 1 Offset from Fo (MHz)
10
Typical T-Pass® Channel Performance - 254mm (10 inch) 300-400 MHz
Tx Noise Suppression
Channel Insertion Loss 0
Tx-to-Tx Separation
Cavity Loss (dB)
Max Power
Loss (dB) vs. No. of channels
-5
2
4
8
12
-2.4
-2.5
-2.8
-3.1
-2.7
-3.2
-3.7
-4.0
-10
-1.5
150W
250 KHz 125 KHz
-2.0
150W
-3.4
-4.4
-5.0
-5.5
75 KHz
-2.5
125W
-4.3
-5.6
-6.6
-7.1
Attenuation (dB)
-15
1 MHz
IL = IL = IL = IL = IL =
-1.00dB -1.50dB -2.00dB -2.50dB -3.00dB
-20 -25 -30 -35 -40 -45 -50 -55 0.01
0.1 1 Offset from Fo (MHz)
10
Note: The use of cavity multicouplers for combining multiple channels with minimum frequency spacings may result in undesirable levels of isolator load heat dissipation due to interchannel coupling. Applications involving such requirements should be discussed with RFI prior to ordering to ensure the optimum solution is provided.
TP3040 Series model
www.rfi.com.au 28
T-Pass® Expandable Multicouplers 300-400 MHz T-Pass® expandable transmit/receive multicouplers are ideally suited to both analogue and digital UHF base station applications. These channels utilise dual cavities to provide the transmitter carrier and noise suppression required for use on single (shared) transmit and receive antennas. Transmit channels may be ordered complete with dual isolators.
• Ideal for Military, new PMR, Trunking and P25 bands • Broad bandwidth
TP3040 Series T-Pass® Transmit only channel
• Ideal for both analogue and digital technologies • Excellent performance • Long-term dependability • RFI Systems records support • Rugged, high quality design • Peg Rack and other mounting styles available TP3040 Series T-Pass® Receive/Transmit/Simplex channel
Technical Specifications Transmit only Model No.
Receive/Transmit/Simplex
TP3040-2612-11
TP3040-2610-11
Frequency Range
300-400 MHz
Cavity Type and Diameter
¼ wave, 6.625” (168mm)
Maximum Continuous Transmit Power
150W (higher ratings available)
Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous) (Single Isolator versions available)
150 W
N/A
Minimum Channel Separation @ Cavity Loss
215 KHz @ -2.5 dB 115 KHz @ -3.5 dB
4MHz typical
Typical Isolation @ Minimum Separation
80 dB @ 115KHz
Varies with minimum Tx-Rx spacing
Nominal Input Impedance
50 Ohms
Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)
-20 dB (1.22:1)
Temperature Range
-30° to +60° C (-22° to + 140° F)
Connectors, Input and Antenna
N female
Mechanical Mounting
Refer Mounting Hardware section
Dimensions (Typical per-channel)
Refer Cavity Mechanics section
Weight (Typical per-channel) Shipping
6.9Kg (15lbs)
4.8Kg (11lbs)
Standard packaging - One channel per carton May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19”) rack kit (ordered separately)
Note: 254mm (10”) versions of the above models available for higher selectivity and lower loss applications.
www.rfi.com.au 29
T-Pass® Expandable Multicouplers 400-550 MHz T-Pass® expandable transmitter multicouplers are ideally suited to UHF PMR and trunking applications. These channels utilise a single cavity and dual isolator and are for use on sites configured with separate transmit and receive antennas.
• Ideal for Trunking and PMR systems • Ideal for high density sites • Suited for use with broadband antennas • Suits P25 digital systems • Long-term dependability • RFI Systems records support • Rugged, high quality design • Peg Rack and other mounting styles available TP4055 Series T-Pass®
¼ Wave or ¾ Wave, 168mm (6”) or 254mm (10”) T-Pass® multicouplers for this popular UHF band are available using either ¼ or ¾ wavelength cavities in the choice of 168mm (6.625”) or 254mm (10”) diameters. The selectivity of cavity filters is tightly linked to the volume of the filter itself. With such a broad diversity of applications in this UHF band, all of these variants are offered to ensure every system requirement is catered to. Most T-Pass® multicoupling designs can be satisfactorily implemented using ¼ wave, 168mm (6.625”) cavities, but close channel spacings or a requirement to keep per-channel insertion losses to a minimum may determine that the ¾ wave or 254mm (10’) models are more suited in a particular application. For assistance in choosing the correct cavity for your requirements please contact your nearest RFI sales office.
T-Pass® Channel Insertion Loss The typical channel losses specified in the tables shown are for equally-spaced channels only. Channel loss may be higher or lower in multicouplers where Tx-Tx separation varies from one channel to another. Contact RFI for T-Pass® channel loss specifications based on your actual frequency plan.
T-Pass® Tx Noise Suppression vs. Cavity Loss The curves shown for Tx noise suppression represent the selectivity of typical quarterwave, 168mm (6.625”) and 254mm (10 inch) T-Pass® cavity filters. Because T-Pass® cavities exhibit high loaded Q factors, excellent noise suppression and channel-to-channel isolation are achieved with 168mm (6.625”) cavities at a minimum separation of 125KHz. Closer separations are achievable using 254mm (10 inch) cavities. Additional cavities can be cascaded onto any channels in a T-Pass® system to customise an individual channel’s response if required.
www.rfi.com.au 30
T-Pass® Expandable Multicouplers 400-550 MHz Technical Specifications Transmit only Model No.
TP4055-1612-11
TP4055-1112-11
Frequency Range
400-550 MHz
Cavity Type and Diameter
¼ wave, 6.625” (168mm)
¼ wave, 10” (254mm)
Maximum Continuous Transmit Power
150W (higher ratings available)
Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous)
150 W 250KHz @ 1.5dB 175KHz @ 2.5dB
Minimum Tx-Tx Separation @ Cavity Loss
200KHz @ 1.5dB 100KHz @ 2.5dB
Typical Tx-Tx Isolation @ Minimum Separation
80 dB
Typical Antenna-Tx Isolation
70 dB
Typical Tx Noise suppression
Depends on Cavity Loss setting - see curves
Nominal Input Impedance
50 Ohms
Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)
-20 dB (1.22:1)
Temperature Range
-30° to +60° C (-22° to + 140° F)
Connectors, Input and Antenna
N female
Mechanical Mounting
Refer Mounting Hardware section
Dimensions (Typical per-channel)
Refer Cavity Mechanics section
Weight (Typical per-channel)
4.1Kg (9lbs)
4.7Kg (10.3lbs)
Standard packaging - One channel per carton May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19”) rack kit (ordered separately)
Shipping
Typical T-Pass® Channel Performance - 168mm (6.625 inch) 400-550 MHz
Channel Insertion Loss
Tx Noise Suppression 0
Tx-to-Tx Separation
Cavity Loss (dB)
Max Power
Loss (dB) vs. No. of channels
IL = IL = IL = IL = IL =
-5
2
4
8
12
-2.2
-2.5
-2.8
-3.2
-2.9
-4.1
-5.1
-5.7
-3.7
-5.3
-6.5
-7.2
-4.2
-5.8
-7.0
-7.7
-10
-1.5
150W
250 KHz 150 KHz
-2.0
125 KHz
-2.5
130W
Attenuation (dB)
-15
1 MHz
-1.00dB -1.50dB -2.00dB -2.50dB -3.00dB
-20 -25 -30 -35 -40 -45
110W
-50 -55 0.01
0.1 1 Offset from Fo (MHz)
10
Typical T-Pass® Channel Performance - 254mm (10 inch) 400-550 MHz
Channel Insertion Loss
Tx Noise Suppression 0
Tx-to-Tx Separation
Cavity Loss (dB)
Max Power
Loss (dB) vs. No. of channels
-5
2
4
8
12
-2.4
-2.6
-2.9
-3.1
-2.9
-3.8
-4.4
-4.7
-10
-1.5
150W
250 KHz 150 KHz
-2.0
130W
-3.6
-4.8
-5.6
-6.0
125 KHz
-2.5
110W
-4.1
-5.2
-6.0
-6.4
Attenuation (dB)
-15
1 MHz
IL = IL = IL = IL = IL =
-1.00dB -1.50dB -2.00dB -2.50dB -3.00dB
-20 -25 -30 -35 -40 -45 -50 -55 0.01
0.1 1 Offset from Fo (MHz)
10
Note: The use of cavity multicouplers for combining multiple channels with minimum frequency spacings may result in undesirable levels of isolator load heat dissipation due to interchannel coupling. Applications involving such requirements should be discussed with RFI prior to ordering to ensure the optimum solution is provided.
www.rfi.com.au 31
T-Pass® Expandable Multicouplers 400-550 MHz Technical Specifications Transmit only Model No.
TP4053-1632-11
TP4053-1132-11
Frequency Range
400-550 MHz
Cavity Type and Diameter
¾ wave, 6.625” (168mm)
¾ wave, 10” (254mm)
Maximum Continuous Transmit Power
150W (higher ratings available)
Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous)
150 W 215 KHz @ -1.5 dB 115 KHz @ -2.5 dB
Minimum Tx-Tx Separation @ Cavity Loss
150 KHz @ -1.5 dB 75 KHz @ -2.5 dB
Typical Tx-Tx Isolation @ Minimum Separation
80 dB
Typical Antenna-Tx Isolation
70 dB
Typical Tx Noise suppression
Depends on Cavity Loss setting - see curves
Nominal Input Impedance
50 Ohms
Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)
-20 dB (1.22:1)
Temperature Range
-30° to +60° C (-22° to + 140° F)
Connectors, Input and Antenna
N female
Mechanical Mounting
Refer Mounting Hardware section
Dimensions (Typical per-channel)
Refer Cavity Mechanics section
Weight (Typical per-channel)
6.3Kg (14lbs)
8.6Kg (19lbs)
Standard packaging - One channel per carton May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19”) rack kit (ordered separately)
Shipping
Typical T-Pass® Channel Performance - 168mm (6.625 inch) 400-550 MHz
Channel Insertion Loss
Tx Noise Suppression 0
Tx-to-Tx Separation
Cavity Loss (dB)
Max Power
Loss (dB) vs. No. of channels
IL = IL = IL = IL = IL =
-5
2
4
8
12
-2.4
-2.6
-2.9
-3.1
-2.9
-3.8
-4.4
-4.7
-10
-1.5
150W
250 KHz 150 KHz
-2.0
130W
-3.6
-4.8
-5.6
-6.0
125 KHz
-2.5
110W
-4.1
-5.2
-6.0
-6.4
Attenuation (dB)
-15
1 MHz
-1.00dB -1.50dB -2.00dB -2.50dB -3.00dB
-20 -25 -30 -35 -40 -45 -50 -55 0.01
0.1 1 Offset from Fo (MHz)
10
Typical T-Pass® Channel Performance - 254mm (10 inch) 400-550 MHz
Channel Insertion Loss
Tx Noise Suppression 0
Tx-to-Tx Separation
Cavity Loss (dB)
Max Power
Loss (dB) vs. No. of channels
-5
2
4
8
12
-2.4
-2.5
-2.8
-3.1
-2.7
-3.2
-3.7
-4.0
-10
-1.5
150W
250 KHz 125 KHz
-2.0
150W
-3.4
-4.4
-5.0
-5.5
75 KHz
-2.5
125W
-4.3
-5.6
-6.6
-7.1
Attenuation (dB)
-15
1 MHz
IL = IL = IL = IL = IL =
-1.00dB -1.50dB -2.00dB -2.50dB -3.00dB
-20 -25 -30 -35 -40 -45 -50 -55 0.01
0.1 1 Offset from Fo (MHz)
10
Note: The use of cavity multicouplers for combining multiple channels with minimum frequency spacings may result in undesirable levels of isolator load heat dissipation due to interchannel coupling. Applications involving such requirements should be discussed with RFI prior to ordering to ensure the optimum solution is provided.
www.rfi.com.au 32
T-Pass® Expandable Multicouplers 400-550 MHz
TP4055 ¼ Wave Series model
TP4053 ¾ Wave Series model
This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.
If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here, please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!
www.rfi.com.au 33
T-Pass® Expandable Multicouplers 400-550 MHz T-Pass® expandable transmit/receive multicouplers are ideally suited to both analogue and digital UHF voice and data applications. These channels utilise dual cavities to provide the transmitter carrier and noise suppression required for use on single (shared) transmit and receive antennas. Transmit channels may be ordered complete with dual isolators.
• Ideal for Trunking and PMR systems • Broad bandwidth
TP4055 Series T-Pass® Transmit only channel
• Ideal for both analogue and digital technologies • Excellent Performance • Long-term dependability • RFI Systems records support • Rugged, high quality design • Peg Rack and other mounting styles available TP4055 Series T-Pass® Receive/Transmit/Simplex channel
Technical Specifications Transmit only Model No.
Receive/Transmit/Simplex
TP4055-2612-11
TP4055-2610-11
Frequency Range
400-550 MHz
Cavity Type and Diameter
Quarterwave, 6.625” (168mm)
Maximum Continuous Transmit Power
150W (higher ratings available)
Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous) (Single Isolator versions available)
150 W
N/A
Minimum Channel Separation @ Cavity Loss
250 KHz @ -2.5 dB 175 KHz @ -3.5 dB
5MHz
Typical Isolation @ Minimum Separation
80 dB @ 175KHz
Nominal Input Impedance
Varies with minimum Tx-Rx spacing 50 Ohms
Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)
-20 dB (1.22:1)
Temperature Range
-30° to +60° C (-22° to + 140° F)
Connectors, Input and Antenna
N female
Mechanical Mounting
Refer Mounting Hardware section
Dimensions (Typical per-channel)
Refer Cavity Mechanics section
Weight (Typical per-channel) Shipping
6.1Kg (13.5lbs)
4Kg (8.8lbs)
Standard packaging - One channel per carton May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19”) rack kit (ordered separately)
Note: 254mm (10”) versions of the above models available for higher selectivity and lower loss applications.
www.rfi.com.au 34
T-Pass® Expandable Multicouplers 400-550 MHz ¼ wave or ¾ wave T-Pass® multicouplers in the 400-550MHz UHF band are available using either ¼ or ¾ wavelength cavities. ¾ wave cavities provide a higher Q (or selectivity), and as such they can accommodate closer channel spacings than the ¼ wave models for a comparable insertion loss. Most T-Pass® multicoupling designs can be satisfactorily implemented using ¼ wave cavities, but close channel spacings, or a requirement to keep per-channel insertion losses to a minimum, may determine that the ¾ wave models are the most suitable in a particular application. For assistance in choosing the more appropriate solution for your requirements, please contact your nearest RFI sales office.
Technical Specifications Transmit only
Receive/Transmit/Simplex
Model No. TP4053-2632-11
TP4053-2630-11
Frequency Range
400-550 MHz
Cavity Type and Diameter
¾ wave, 6.625” (168mm)
Maximum Continuous Transmit Power
150W (higher ratings available)
Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous) (Single Isolator versions available)
150 W
N/A
Minimum Channel Separation @ Cavity Loss
215 KHz @ -2.5 dB 115 KHz @ -3.5 dB
5MHz
Typical Isolation @ Minimum Separation
80 dB @ 115KHz
Varies with minimum Tx-Rx spacing
Nominal Input Impedance
50 Ohms
Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)
-20 dB (1.22:1)
Temperature Range
-30° to +60° C (-22° to + 140° F)
Connectors, Input and Antenna
N female
Mechanical Mounting
Refer Mounting Hardware section
Dimensions (Typical per-channel) Weight (Typical per-channel) Shipping
Refer Cavity Mechanics section 10.5Kg (23.1lbs)
8.4Kg (18.5lbs)
Standard packaging - One channel per carton May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19”) rack kit (ordered separately)
Note: 254mm (10”) versions of the above models available for higher selectivity and lower loss applications.
TP4053 Transmit only model
TP4053 Tx/Rx/Simplex model
www.rfi.com.au 35
T-Pass® Expandable Multicouplers 740 - 870 MHz These T-Pass® expandable transmitter multicouplers are ideally suited to both analogue and digital applications in this emerging frequency band. These channels utilise a single cavity and dual isolator and are for use on sites configured with separate transmit and receive antennas.
• Superior low-loss combining for analogue and digital systems • High power version available • Ideal for P25 systems • Predictable performance • Long-term dependability • RFI Systems records support • Rugged, high quality design TP7487 Series T-Pass®
• Peg Rack and other mounting styles available
Technical Specifications Model No.
Transmit only TP7487-1632-11
Frequency Range
740-870 MHz
Cavity Type and Diameter
¾ wave, 6.625” (168mm)
Maximum Continuous Transmit Power
150W (higher ratings available)
Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous)
150 W
Minimum Tx-Tx Separation @ Cavity Loss
450 KHz @ -1.25 dB 250 KHz @ -1.8dB
Typical Tx-Tx Isolation @ Minimum Separation
80 dB
Typical Antenna-Tx Isolation
70 dB
Typical Tx Noise suppression
Depends on Cavity Loss setting - see curves
Nominal Input Impedance
50 Ohms
Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)
-20 dB (1.22:1)
Temperature Range
-30° to +60° C (-22° to + 140° F)
Connectors, Input and Antenna
N female
Mechanical Mounting
Refer Mounting Hardware section
Dimensions (Typical per-channel)
Refer Cavity Mechanics section
Weight (Typical per-channel)
5Kg (11lbs)
Shipping
Standard packaging - One channel per carton May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19”) rack kit (ordered separately)
www.rfi.com.au 36
T-Pass® Expandable Multicouplers 740 - 870 MHz New Frequency Bands T-Pass® multicoupler technology is ideally suited to new and emerging frequency bands. The design flexibility, broad bandwidth expandability, and overall implementation efficiency of T-Pass® ensures the maximum levels of future-proofing are available to site owners and network operators.
T-Pass® Tx Noise Suppression vs. Cavity Loss The curves shown below for Tx noise suppression represent the selectivity of typical quarterwave, 168mm (6.625 inch) T-Pass® cavity filters. Because T-Pass® cavities exhibit high loaded Q factors, excellent noise suppression and channel-to-channel isolation are achieved with 168mm (6.625 inch) cavities at a minimum separation of 250KHz. Additional cavities can be cascaded onto any channel in a T-Pass® system to customise an individual channel’s response if required.
Typical T-Pass® Channel Performance - 168mm (6.625 inch) 740-870 MHz
Channel Insertion Loss
Tx Noise Suppression 0
Loss (dB) vs. No. of channels
1 MHz 500 KHz
-1.25
450 KHz
IL = -1.25dB IL = -1.80dB
-5
2
3
4
5
8
10
12
-2.1
-2.3
-2.4
-2.5
-2.8
-3.0
-3.3
-2.3
-2.8
-3.0
-3.2
-3.6
-3.9
-4.1
-2.4
-2.9
-3.2
-3.4
-3.9
-4.1
-4.3
-3.1
-3.8
-4.1
-4.4
-4.9
-5.2
-5.5
-10 -15 Attenuation (dB)
Tx-to-Tx Cavity Loss Separation (dB)
-20 -25 -30 -35 -40 -45
250 KHz
-1.80
-50 -55 0.01
0.1 1 10 Offset from Fo (MHz)
100
Note: The use of cavity multicouplers for combining multiple channels with minimum frequency spacings may result in undesirable levels of isolator load heat dissipation due to interchannel coupling. Applications involving such requirements should be discussed with RFI prior to ordering to ensure the optimum solution is provided.
TP7487 Series model
This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.
If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here, please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!
www.rfi.com.au 37
T-Pass® Expandable Multicouplers 740-870 MHz T-Pass® expandable transmit/receive multicouplers are ideally suited to both analogue and digital voice and data applications. These channels utilise dual cavities to provide the transmitter carrier and noise suppression required for use on single (shared) transmit and receive antennas. Transmit channels may be ordered complete with dual isolators.
• Ideal for Trunking and PMR systems • Broad bandwidth
TP7487 Series T-Pass® Transmit only channel
• Suited for use with broadband antennas • Excellent Performance • Long-term dependability • RFI Systems records support • Rugged, high quality design • Peg Rack and other mounting styles available TP7487 Series T-Pass® Receive/Transmit/Simplex channel
Technical Specifications Transmit only Model No.
Receive/Transmit/Simplex
TP7487-2612-11
TP7487-2610-11
Frequency Range
740-870 MHz
Cavity Type and Diameter
Quarterwave, 6.625” (168mm)
Maximum Continuous Transmit Power
150W (higher ratings available)
Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous) (Single Isolator versions available)
150 W
N/A
Minimum Channel Separation @ Cavity Loss
450 KHz @ -2.25 dB 250 KHz @ -2.8 dB
5MHz
Typical Isolation @ Minimum Separation
80 dB @ 250KHz
Nominal Input Impedance
Varies with minimum Tx-Rx spacing 50 Ohms
Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)
-20 dB (1.22:1)
Temperature Range
-30° to +60° C (-22° to + 140° F)
Connectors, Input and Antenna
N female
Mechanical Mounting
Refer Mounting Hardware section
Dimensions (Typical per-channel)
Refer Cavity Mechanics section
Weight (Typical per-channel) Shipping
6.1Kg (13.5lbs)
4Kg (8.8lbs)
Standard packaging - One channel per carton May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19”) rack kit (ordered separately)
www.rfi.com.au 38
T-Pass® Expandable Multicouplers 800-1000 MHz These T-Pass® expandable transmitter multicouplers are ideally suited to analogue and digital PMR and trunking applications. These channels utilise a single cavity and dual isolator and are for use on sites configured with separate transmit and receive antennas
• Superior low-loss combining for PMR, Trunking, Paging and Wireless Data systems • High power version available • Flexibility of design • Predictable performance • Long-term dependability • RFI Systems records support • Rugged, high quality design • Peg Rack and other mounting styles available
TP8010 Series T-Pass®
Technical Specifications Model No.
Transmit only TP8010-1632-11
Frequency Range
800-1000 MHz
Cavity Type and Diameter
¾ wave, 6.625” (168mm)
Maximum Continuous Transmit Power
150W (higher ratings available)
Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous)
150 W
Minimum Tx-Tx Separation @ Cavity Loss
450 KHz @ -1.25 dB 250 KHz @ -1.8dB
Typical Tx-Tx Isolation @ Minimum Separation
80 dB
Typical Antenna-Tx Isolation
70 dB
Typical Tx Noise suppression
Depends on Cavity Loss setting - see curves
Nominal Input Impedance
50 Ohms
Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)
-20 dB (1.22:1)
Temperature Range
-30° to +60° C (-22° to + 140° F)
Connectors, Input and Antenna
N female
Mechanical Mounting
Refer Mounting Hardware section
Dimensions (Typical per-channel)
Refer Cavity Mechanics section
Weight (Typical per-channel)
4.6Kg (10.1lbs)
Shipping
Standard packaging - One channel per carton May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19”) rack kit (ordered separately)
www.rfi.com.au 39
T-Pass® Expandable Multicouplers 800-1000 MHz Applications The broad frequency expansion capability of T-Pass® technology ideally suits the often challenging requirements of multicoupling in analogue and digital military applications. The compatibility of T-Pass® with both analogue and digital protocols and the ability to cater to narrow and wide channel bandwidths within the one multicoupler provide the system designer with a unique solutions capability.
T-Pass® Tx Noise Suppression vs. Cavity Loss The curves shown below for Tx noise suppression represent the selectivity of typical quarterwave, 168mm (6.625 inch) T-Pass® cavity filters. Because T-Pass® cavities exhibit high loaded Q factors, excellent noise suppression and channel-to-channel isolation are achieved with 168mm (6.625 inch) cavities at a minimum separation of 250KHz. Additional cavities can be cascaded onto any channel in a T-Pass® system to customise an individual channel’s response if required. Typical T-Pass® Channel Performance - 168mm (6.625 inch) 800-1000 MHz
Channel Insertion Loss
Tx Noise Suppression 0
Loss (dB) vs. No. of channels
1 MHz 500 KHz
-1.25
450 KHz
IL = -1.25dB IL = -1.80dB
-5
2
3
4
5
8
10
12
-2.1
-2.3
-2.4
-2.5
-2.8
-3.0
-3.3
-2.3
-2.8
-3.0
-3.2
-3.6
-3.9
-4.1
-2.4
-2.9
-3.2
-3.4
-3.9
-4.1
-4.3
-3.1
-3.8
-4.1
-4.4
-4.9
-5.2
-5.5
-10 -15 Attenuation (dB)
Tx-to-Tx Cavity Loss Separation (dB)
-20 -25 -30 -35 -40 -45
250 KHz
-1.80
-50 -55 0.01
0.1 1 10 Offset from Fo (MHz)
100
Note: The use of cavity multicouplers for combining multiple channels with minimum frequency spacings may result in undesirable levels of isolator load heat dissipation due to interchannel coupling. Applications involving such requirements should be discussed with RFI prior to ordering to ensure the optimum solution is provided.
TP8010 Series model
This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.
If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here, please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!
www.rfi.com.au 40
T-Pass® Expandable Multicouplers 800-1000 MHz T-Pass® expandable transmit/receive multicouplers are ideally suited to analogue and digital PMR, Trunking, voice and data applications. These channels utilise dual cavities to provide the transmitter carrier and noise suppression required for use on single (shared) transmit and receive antennas. Transmit channels may be ordered complete with dual isolators.
• Superior low-loss combining solution • Broad bandwidth
TP8010 Series T-Pass® Transmit only channel
• Ideal for both analogue and digital technologies • Excellent performance • Long-term dependability • RFI Systems records support • Rugged, high quality design • Peg Rack and other mounting styles available TP8010 Series T-Pass® Receive/Transmit/Simplex channel
Technical Specifications Transmit only Model No.
Receive/Transmit/Simplex
TP8010-2612-11
TP8010-2610-11
Frequency Range
800-1000MHz
Cavity Type and Diameter
Quarterwave, 6.625” (168mm)
Maximum Continuous Transmit Power
100W (higher ratings available)
Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous) (Single Isolator versions available)
150 W
N/A
Minimum Channel Separation @ Cavity Loss
450 KHz @ -2.25 dB 250 KHz @ -2.8 dB
5MHz
Typical Isolation @ Minimum Separation
80 dB @ 250KHz
Nominal Input Impedance
Varies with minimum Tx-Rx spacing 50 Ohms
Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)
-20 dB (1.22:1)
Temperature Range
-30° to +60° C (-22° to + 140° F)
Connectors, Input and Antenna
N female
Mechanical Mounting
Refer Mounting Hardware section
Dimensions (Typical per-channel)
Refer Cavity Mechanics section
Weight (Typical per-channel) Shipping
7.1Kg (15.5lbs)
5Kg (11lbs)
Standard packaging - One channel per carton May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19”) rack kit (ordered separately)
www.rfi.com.au 41
T-Pass® Expandable Multicouplers Accessories Thru-line Cables T-Pass® thru-line cables are manufactured to frequency dependent lengths to optimise the performance of channels within a T-Pass® multicoupler. T-Pass® multicoupler cables are manufactured using high-quality double shielded and silver-plated cable and non ferro-magnetic plated connectors to provide superior intermodulation performance at high system power levels. When ordering, the frequency of the multicoupler channels either side of the requested cable or the RFI Site Reference number and channel number must be specified. Model No.
Description
Weight (typ.)
HW0000-1000-11
RG214 N male - N male cable
150g / 0.33lbs
Isolator Cables A standard 600mm (24inch) cable to interconnect a T-Pass® multicoupler transmit channel cavity filter to its associated isolator. Other lengths available upon request. Model No.
Description
Weight (typ.)
HW0000-1001-11
RG214 N male - N male cable
150g / 0.33lbs
T-Pass® Bypass The T-Pass® Bypass assembly allows a T-Pass® channel to be temporarily or permanently removed from a combiner stack without affecting the performance of the remaining channels.
T-Pass® Bypass
Model No.
Frequency
TP0608-2000-11
66-88MHz
TP0810-2000-11
88-108MHz
TP1013-2000-11
108-136MHz
TP1317-2000-11
132-174MHz
TP1625-2000-11
168-250MHz
TP3040-2000-11
300-400MHz
TP3855-2000-11
380-550MHz
TP7487-2000-11
740-870MHz
TP8010-2000-11
800-1000MHz
Dimensions (mm/ in)
Weight (typ.) (kg/lbs)
50 x 50 x125 / 2 x 2 x 5
0.25 / 0.55
50 x 50 x110 / 2 x 2 x 4.3
Note: When a T-Pass® channel is to be removed permanently from a combiner, it is recommended to purchase a replacement T-Pass® thru-line cable to reconfigure the combiner for the adjusted number of channels, thereby permanently bypassing the removed channel.
www.rfi.com.au 42
T-Pass® Expandable Multicouplers Accessories Tuning Detector The T-Pass® Tuning Detector provides a simple means to tune T-Pass® transmitter multicoupler channels. It is designed to be connected to the RF Sampler port on Symmetry isolators. Alternatively it can be connected through a -20dB or -30dB directional coupler to older TPass® channels utilising non-Symmetry isolators. A standard workshop analogue or digital multimeter may be connected to the Tuning Detector to provide the output reading. T-Pass® channels can be quickly tuned by simply adjusting the cavity filter for a minimum meter reading under transmitter power.
T-Pass® Tuning Detector
The T-Pass® Tuning Detector is suitable for use with T-Pass® multicouplers in all frequency bands. Model No.
Dimensions
Weight
HW0000-2001-11
25x25mm / 1in x 1in
80g / 0.18lbs
This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.
If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here, please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!
www.rfi.com.au 43
Customising Systems
In addition to our standard T-Pass® technology offerings, RFI can customise configurations through the addition of other products in our diverse multicoupling product range. Another cavity can be cascaded with a T-Pass® channel to increase the channel's pass bandwidth. This approach can be utilised to create multi-frequency "windows" when the frequencies are closely spaced and is ideal for applications such as multifrequency paging transmitters.
Pass 155.310 MHz TR 1 Ch. 1: 155.310 Ch. 2: 155.910
C1
C2
1.0
1.0
Pass 155.910 MHz C3
C4
1.0
1.0
SC
SC
T-Pass® channels can also be configured as receiver preselectors. Additional cavities can be cascaded with such channels to create broader windows capable of passing the passband of multiple receive frequencies.This type of configuration is ideal for single-antenna systems.
TX1 Ch. 1: 148.6125 Ch. 2: 148.7625
C1
C2
1.0
1.50 SC
If the frequencies required in the multifrequency application are spaced too far apart to use the above multi-cavity method, several such "windows" can be paralleled using T-Pass® technology on both the input and output sides of the channels. In this way, individual channels can be spaced anywhere within the antenna system's operating bandwidth. This approach is also ideal for simplex systems - or to build a receiver preselector that must select frequencies from within a broad frequency range that is wider than available from other preselector configurations.
TX3 153.410 MHz
TX2 153.545 MHz
TX1 153.725 MHz
C1
C2
1.0
1.50
C3
C4
1.0
1.50
C5
C6
1.0
1.50
Pass 158.175 - 158.300
C7
C9
C8
SC
TX4 493.5000
C5
HF
RX1 158.175
1.0 TX3 493.5250
TX2 467.5000
TX1 467.5000
RX3 158.275
HF 50 Ohms
C4
C3
1.0
1.0
C2
C1
1.0
1.0 SC
44
6 dB Pad
RX2 158.220
PS
In addition, hybrid combiners can be front-ended to a T-Pass® transmit channel to combine two or more very closely spaced transmit frequencies onto a T-Pass® stack.
Customising Systems
T-Pass® technology can be also be utilised in systems utilising separate transmit and receive antennas. Excellent system flexibility coupled with broad operating frequency range can be easily achieved from such systems. These systems offer the same inherent channel and frequency expandability of T-Pass®! The T-Pass® stack bandwidth is often only limited by the operating bandwidth of the antenna system. In radiating cable systems the operating bandwidth can be as broad as 50-1000MHz!
RX ANTENNA
RX ANTENNA
TX3 399.975 -2.4 dB
C3
C6
1.5
1.5
C2
C5
1.5
1.5
C1
C4
1.5
1.5
RX3 411.500 -1.6 dB
P 460.800 R 455.800 TX2 455.800 -2.8 dB 0.3 P 455.800 R 460.800
TX1 520.875 -2.4 dB
SC
RX2 460.800 -2.1 dB 0.3
RX1 520.875 -1.6 dB
SC
RFI can design and manufacture a customised T-Pass® multicoupler to suit your system's individual operation requirements - from single channel simplex PMR, to multi-channel trunking systems. For further information on the dynamic flexibility of T-Pass® technology please contact your nearest RFI office for further assistance with all your transmitter multicoupling requirements. System Antenna 6-Section RX Combline Filter 806-821 MHz
4-Section TX Combline Filter 851-866 MHz
TX5 856.5625 -2.9 dB
C5
RX1 815.5625
1.25
RX2 814.5625 TX4 857.5625 -3.2 dB
RX3 813.5625 C4
RX4 812.5625 1.25
Fixed Pad
RX5 811.5625 PS
50 Ohms TX3 858.5625 -3.3 dB
TX2 859.5625 -3.2 dB
TX1 860.5625 -3.2 dB
50 Ohms
C3
50 Ohms 1.25
SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS
C2
Maximum Tx Power 12 W Maximum Tx Channel Loss -3.3 dB Tx-Tx Isolation -80 dB Antenna - Tx Isolation -70 dB T-R Isolation @ Tx Frequencies -80 dB T-R Isolation @ Rx Frequencies -90 dB Typical System Sensitivity 0.24 uV (antenna feedline loss ~ 2 dB, 0.25 uV Rx sensitivity, net system gain set to +6.0 dB)
1.25
C1 1.25 SC
This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.
If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here, please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!
45
Expandable Hybrid Multicouplers 66 - 1000 MHz Hybrid Coupler based expandable transmitter multicouplers are ideally suited to analogue and digital applications requiring frequency agility, narrow channel separation or small size. The models shown include a Symmetry® 150W single isolator on each input port. RFI use progressive hybrid combining techniques to ensure the lowest per-channel insertion losses are provided in the following models. Models with alternate channel capacities and input power rating are also available upon request.
• Frequency agile
Front view - TX0608-2051-31
• Suits narrow channel separations • Compact size • Suitable for narrow/wide channel bandwidths • RFI Systems support • Self contained enclosure • Rugged, high quality design Rear view - TX3855-4051-31
Technical Specifications Transmit only Model No.
TX0608-2051-31
Frequency Range
TX0608-3051-31
TX0608-4051-31
66-88 MHz
No. of Channels
2
3
4
Total Insertion Loss per Channel (typ.)
3.5
5.3
6.5
Continuous Input Power (per channel)
50 W (other ratings available)
Minimum Tx-Tx Separation
None
Typical Tx-Tx Isolation
>50 dB
Typical Antenna - Tx Isolation
>50 dB
Nominal Input Impedance
50 Ohms
Typical Max. Input Return Loss (VSWR)
-20 dB (1.22:1)
Temperature Range
-30° to +60° C (-22° to + 140° F)
Connectors, Input & Antenna
N female
Mechanical Mounting
483mm (19 in) rack mount vented enclosure
Dimensions
133x483x400mm / 5.25x19x15.75in Note: High channel capacity and higher power models available upon request.
www.rfi.com.au 46
Expandable Hybrid Multicouplers 66-1000 MHz Technical Specifications Transmit only Model No. TX1013-2051-31 Frequency Range
TX1013-3051-31
TX1013-4051-31
108-136MHz
No. of Channels
2
3
4
Total Insertion Loss per Channel (typ.)
3.5
5.3
6.5
Continuous Input Power (per channel)
50 W (other ratings available)
Minimum Tx-Tx Separation
None
Typical Tx-Tx Isolation
>50 dB
Typical Antenna - Tx Isolation
>50 dB
Nominal Input Impedance
50 Ohms
Typical Max. Input Return Loss (VSWR)
-20 dB (1.22:1)
Temperature Range
-30° to +60° C (-22° to + 140° F)
Connectors, Input & Antenna
N female
Mechanical Mounting
483mm (19 in) rack mount vented enclosure
Dimensions
133x483x400mm / 5.25x19x15.75in
Technical Specifications Transmit only Model No.
TX1317-2051-31
Frequency Range
TX1317-3051-31
TX1317-4051-31
132-174 MHz
No. of Channels
2
3
4
Total Insertion Loss per Channel (typ.)
3.5
5.3
6.5
Continuous Input Power (per channel)
50 W (other ratings available)
Minimum Tx-Tx Separation
None
Typical Tx-Tx Isolation
>50 dB
Typical Antenna - Tx Isolation
>50 dB
Nominal Input Impedance
50 Ohms
Typical Max. Input Return Loss (VSWR)
-20 dB (1.22:1)
Temperature Range
-30° to +60° C (-22° to + 140° F)
Connectors, Input & Antenna
N female
Mechanical Mounting
483mm (19 in) rack mount vented enclosure
Dimensions
133x483x400mm / 5.25x19x15.75in
Technical Specifications Transmit only Model No.
TX2030-2051-31
Frequency Range
TX2030-3051-31
TX2030-4051-31
200-300MHz
No. of Channels
2
3
4
Total Insertion Loss per Channel (typ.)
3.5
5.3
6.5
Continuous Input Power (per channel)
50 W (other ratings available)
Minimum Tx-Tx Separation
None
Typical Tx-Tx Isolation
>50 dB
Typical Antenna - Tx Isolation
>50 dB
Nominal Input Impedance
50 Ohms
Typical Max. Input Return Loss (VSWR)
-20 dB (1.22:1)
Temperature Range
-30° to +60° C (-22° to + 140° F)
Connectors, Input & Antenna
N female
Mechanical Mounting
483mm (19 in) rack mount vented enclosure
Dimensions
133x483x400mm / 5.25x19x15.75in
www.rfi.com.au 47
Expandable Hybrid Multicouplers 66-1000 MHz Technical Specifications Transmit only Model No.
TX3040-2051-31
Frequency Range
TX3040-3051-31
TX3040-4051-31
300-400MHz
No. of Channels
2
3
4
Total Insertion Loss per Channel (typ.)
3.5
5.3
6.5
Continuous Input Power (per channel)
50 W (other ratings available)
Minimum Tx-Tx Separation
None
Typical Tx-Tx Isolation
>50 dB
Typical Antenna - Tx Isolation
>50 dB
Nominal Input Impedance
50 Ohms
Typical Max. Input Return Loss (VSWR)
-20 dB (1.22:1)
Temperature Range
-30° to +60° C (-22° to + 140° F)
Connectors, Input & Antenna
N female
Mechanical Mounting
483mm (19 in) rack mount vented enclosure
Dimensions
133x483x400mm / 5.25x19x15.75in
Technical Specifications Transmit only Model No.
TX3855-2051-31
Frequency Range
TX3855-3051-31
TX3855-4051-31
380-550 MHz
No. of Channels
2
3
4
Total Insertion Loss per Channel (typ.)
3.5
5.3
6.5
Continuous Input Power (per channel)
50 W (other ratings available)
Minimum Tx-Tx Separation
None
Typical Tx-Tx Isolation
>50 dB
Typical Antenna - Tx Isolation
>50 dB
Nominal Input Impedance
50 Ohms
Typical Max. Input Return Loss (VSWR)
-20 dB (1.22:1)
Temperature Range
-30° to +60° C (-22° to + 140° F)
Connectors, Input & Antenna
N female
Mechanical Mounting
483mm (19 in) rack mount vented enclosure
Dimensions
133x483x400mm / 5.25x19x15.75in
www.rfi.com.au 48
Expandable Hybrid Multicouplers 66-1000 MHz Technical Specifications Model No.
Transmit only TX6080-2051-31
Frequency Range
TX6080-3051-31
TX6080-4051-31
600-800MHz
No. of Channels
2
3
4
Total Insertion Loss per Channel (typ.)
3.5
5.3
6.5
Continuous Input Power (per channel)
50 W (other ratings available)
Minimum Tx-Tx Separation
None
Typical Tx-Tx Isolation
>50 dB
Typical Antenna - Tx Isolation
>50 dB
Nominal Input Impedance
50 Ohms
Typical Max. Input Return Loss (VSWR)
-20 dB (1.22:1)
Temperature Range
-30° to +60° C (-22° to + 140° F)
Connectors, Input & Antenna
N female
Mechanical Mounting
483mm (19 in) rack mount vented enclosure
Dimensions
133x483x400mm / 5.25x19x15.75in
Technical Specifications Model No.
Transmit only TX8010-2051-31
Frequency Range
TX8010-3051-31
TX8010-4051-31
800-1000 MHz
No. of Channels
2
3
4
Total Insertion Loss per Channel (typ.)
3.5
5.3
6.5
Continuous Input Power (per channel)
50 W (other ratings available)
Minimum Tx-Tx Separation
None
Typical Tx-Tx Isolation
>50 dB
Typical Antenna - Tx Isolation
>50 dB
Nominal Input Impedance
50 Ohms
Typical Max. Input Return Loss (VSWR)
-20 dB (1.22:1)
Temperature Range
-30° to +60° C (-22° to + 140° F)
Connectors, Input & Antenna
N female
Mechanical Mounting
483mm (19 in) rack mount vented enclosure
Dimensions
133x483x400mm / 5.25x19x15.75in
www.rfi.com.au 49
Receiver Multicouplers The Receiver Multicoupler comprises a preselector and amplifier/ distribution unit and is a critical component of any wireless communications system. Excellent design and performance in receiver multicoupling ensures that a system’s overall performance is assured. It is important to correctly design receiver multicoupling to suit each particular application using equipment that provides low noise performance, adjustable gain and expandability whilst maintaining stable operation across a wide range of temperature and other environmental parameters. The use of a high performance, low-noise preamplifier with a good third order intercept point (3OIP) figure ensures the highest quality of received signal processing whilst ensuring maximum protection from desensitisation and intermodulation. Increasingly, more portables than mobiles are used in communications systems. As a result, the potential for an imbalance in network design places extra emphasis on the need to design receiver multicoupling correctly to restore this balance. RFI offers a range of receiver multicoupling preselectors, signal preamplifiers and output distribution units for most frequencies from below 30MHz to above 2GHz. A sampling of our standard product is shown in this catalogue, but if you require a receiver multicoupler solution not shown in this catalogue, please do not hesitate to contact your local RFI sales office for further assistance.
50
Receiver Preselectors RFI offer several families of Receiver Preselectors that suit the different applications encountered in the design of communications systems.
Small Cavity Preselectors - Small Size, Low Cost These compact preselectors are recommended for applications in which sufficient transmit-to-receive antenna isolation exists to satisfy carrier suppression requirements with a moderate amount of preselector selectivity.
100mm (4") Cavity Preselectors - High Performance, Moderate Size, Medium Power These preselectors utilise time-proven 100mm (4") cavities to provide high selectivity and factory adjustable pass bandwidths in a compact package. They can also be used as postcombiner filters at total input powers of up to 250 watts (dependent on bandwidth settings). Their excellent cost-to-performance ratio makes them the ideal choice for most preselector applications.
168mm (6.625") Cavity Preselector - High Performance, High Power These preselectors utilise 168mm (6.625") cavities to provide the highest selectivity in receiving applications where low insertion loss and high outof-band interference rejection and carrier attenuation are required. Because of their low insertion loss and power rating of up to 400 watts, these preselectors are also ideal as post-combiner filters to reduce broadband noise in multichannel transmitter systems.
Combline Preselectors - High Performance, Excellent Selectivity We offer both maximally-flat and highselectivity combline and combline notch preselector styles to suit a range of critical design applications requiring h i g h e r performance response characteristics to the above model configurations.
51
Receiver Preselectors 66-88 MHz This model is a lumped constant, 4-section filter that can be factory set to bandwidths of 1.0 to 3.0MHz within the 66-88MHz frequency range. Ideally suited to low-density communications sites, or where antenna isolation can assist in overall transmit-receive isolations. Integral mounting brackets and its small size make it ideal for direct installation on receiver multicoupling shelves or racking.
• Factory tunable bandwidth RX0608-1711-11
• Ideal for low-density sites 0
• Long-term dependability
-10 -20
• RFI Systems records support
-30
• Rugged, high quality design
-40
• Response may be enhanced with additional filtering
-60
-50
-70 -80 -90
-10
fo
+10
Typical Response Curve - RX0608-1711-11 @ 1.0 and 3.0MHz BW
Electrical Model No.
Frequency (MHz)
Pass Bandwidth
Insertion Loss @ Fo (dB)
Passband Insertion Loss (dB)
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
RX0608-1711-11
66-88
1.0 to 3.0 MHz
1.2 (Typ)
1.9 (Typ)
Rx only
50 Ohms
Mechanical Model No.
Construction
RX0608-1711-11
Alodined aluminium with silver plated tuning elements
Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)
64 / 2.5
127 / 5
76 / 3
Temperature °C/°F
Weight (Kg / Ib)
Connectors
-30 to +60 -22 to +140
1.4 / 3
BNC & N females
www.rfi.com.au 52
Receiver Preselectors 66-88 MHz These Receiver Preselectors offer excellent performance in a compact physical package. These models are 4 section helical filters that can be tuned to bandwidths of up to 2.5MHz. They are ideally suited to in-plant systems and low to medium density communication sites. Integral mounting brackets and its small size make them ideal for direct installation on equipment shelves, racking or in mobile applications
0 -10 -20 -30 -40 -50 -60 -70 -80 -90
• Tunable bandwidth
-10
• Ideal for in-plant systems
fo
+10
Typical Response Curve - RX0707-1141-18 @ 2.0MHz BW
• Compact size • RFI Systems records support • Rugged construction
This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.
If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here, please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!
Electrical Model No.
Frequency (MHz)
RX0707-1141-18
70-78
RX0708-1141-18
78-86
Pass Bandwidth
Insertion Loss @ Fo (dB)
Passband Insertion Loss (dB)
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
1.0 to 2.5 MHz
2.0 (Typ)
2.0 (Typ)
Rx Only
50 Ohms
Mechanical Model No.
Construction
RX0707-1141-18 RX0708-1141-18
Painted aluminium
Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)
32 / 1.25
103 / 4
155 / 6.1
Temperature °C/°F
Weight (Kg / Ib)
Connectors
-20 to +60 -4 to +140
0.4 / 0.9
BNC female
www.rfi.com.au 53
Receiver Preselectors 66-88 MHz A four-cavity preselector that uses tried and proven 168mm (6.625") cavities. It can be factory tuned to bandwidths of up to 0.5MHz within the 66-88MHz frequency range. Suitable as a post-combiner filter catering for total input powers up to 400watts, depending on pass bandwidth settings. Mounting is via a rail style bracket suited to 19inch racks. Alternate mounting styles are available to order.
• High selectivity • Ideal for high density sites • Also suited as post-combiner filter • Rugged, high quality design • Centre and front rail, wall mount and other mounting styles available RX0608-1641-41 0 -10 -20 -30 -40 -50 -60 -70 -80 -90
-5
fo
+5
Typical Response Curve - RX0608-1641-41 @ 0.1, 0.2, 0.5MHz BW
Electrical Model No.
Frequency (MHz)
Pass Bandwidth
Insertion Loss @ Fo (dB)
Passband Insertion Loss (dB)
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
RX0608-1641-41
66-88
0.1 to 0.5 MHz
1.0 (Typ)
1.5 (Typ)
400 (Note 1)
50 Ohms
Note 1. Power rating varies with pass bandwidth. Please consult RFI if further clarification required.
Mechanical Model No.
Construction
RX0608-1641-41
Alodined aluminium with silver plated tuning elements
Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)
1675 / 66
483 / 19
+190 / +7.5 -190/ -7.5
Temperature °C/°F
Weight (Kg / Ib)
Connectors
-30 to +60 -22 to +140
54.5/120
N female
www.rfi.com.au 54
Receiver Preselectors 132-174 MHz These receiver preselectors use three 50mm (2”) helical resonators that may be tuned to a pass bandwidth of 1.2MHz. The small size of these units make them ideal for in-plant, bidirectional amplifier, and other similar systems applications. These units are mounted on a 483mm (19inch) front panel for easy mounting and their small size also makes them suited to direct installation onto receiver multicoupling shelves or racking. RX1417-1231-51
• Ideal for low and medium density sites 0
• Compact package
-10
• Rugged, reliable construction
-30
-20
-40 -50 -60 -70 -80 -90
-10
fo
+10
Typical Response Curve - RX1417-1231-51 @ 1.2MHz BW
Electrical Model No.
Frequency (MHz)
RX1315-1231-51
132-150
RX1417-1231-51
144-174
Pass Bandwidth
Insertion Loss @ Fo (dB)
Passband Insertion Loss (dB)
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
1.2 MHz
1.7 (Typ)
2.3 (Typ)
Rx and Low Power Tx
50 Ohms
Note: 1. Power rating varies with pass bandwidth. Please consult RFI if further clarification required.
Mechanical Model No.
Construction
RX1315-1231-51
Alodined aluminium with silver plated tuning elements
RX1417-1231-51
Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)
108 / 4.25
483 / 19
127 / 5
Temperature °C/°F
Weight (Kg / Ib)
Connectors
-30 to +60 -22 to +140
2.7 / 5.9
BNC female
www.rfi.com.au 55
Receiver Preselectors 132-174 MHz These models are 4-section preselectors, using 50mm (2") helical resonators that may be tuned to a bandwidth of approximately 1.2MHz within the 132-150MHz or 148-174MHz frequency ranges. They offer greater selectivity than 3-section models, with minimal additional insertion loss. The symmetrical response and small size of these units also make them ideal for integration into bi-directional amplifiers and other systems applications. The units are mounted on a 483mm (19inch) front panel for easy mounting and their small size also make them suitable for direct installation on receiver multicoupling shelves or racking.
0 -10 -20 -30 -40 -50 -60 -70 -80 -90
-10
fo
+10
Typical Response Curve - RX1417-1241-51 @ 2.0MHz BW
• Ideal for low and medium density sites • Symmetrical response • Compact package • Rugged, reliable construction
Electrical Model No.
Frequency (MHz)
RX1315-1241-51
132-150
RX1417-1241-51
Pass Bandwidth
Insertion Loss @ Fo (dB)
Passband Insertion Loss (dB)
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
1.2 MHz
2.0 (Typ)
2.5 (Typ)
Rx only Low Power Tx
50 Ohms
144-174
Note: 1. Power rating varies with pass bandwidth. Please consult RFI if further clarification required.
Mechanical Model No.
Construction
RX1315-1241-51
Alodined aluminium with silver plated tuning elements
RX1417-1241-51
Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)
108 / 4.25
483 / 19
127 / 5
Temperature °C/°F
Weight (Kg / Ib)
Connectors
-30 to +60 -22 to +140
3.0 / 6.6
BNC female
www.rfi.com.au 56
Receiver Preselectors 130-230 MHz These receiver preselectors offer excellent performance in a compact physical package. These models are 4 section helical filters that can be tuned to bandwidths of up to 2.5MHz. They are ideally suited to in-plant systems and low to medium density communication sites. Integral mounting brackets and their small size make them ideal for direct installation on equipment shelves or racking. These unit’s small size makes them suitable for direct installation onto receiver multicoupling shelves or racking.
0 -10 -20 -30 -40 -50 -60 -70 -80 -90
-10
• Tunable bandwidth
fo
+10
Typical Response Curve - RX1516-1141-18 @ 2.0MHz BW
• Ideal for in-plant systems • Compact size • RFI Systems records support • Rugged construction
Electrical Model No.
Frequency (MHz)
RX1314-1141-18
130-140
RX1415-1141-18
144-154
RX1516-1141-18
152-162
RX1617-1141-18
160-170
RX1718-1141-18
170-180
RX1820-1141-18
180-200
RX2023-1141-18
200-230
Pass Bandwidth
Insertion Loss @ Fo (dB)
Passband Insertion Loss (dB)
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
2.5 MHz (Typ)
2.0 (Typ)
2.0 (Typ)
Rx Only
50 Ohms
Mechanical Model No.
Construction
ALL MODELS
Painted aluminium
Size - H x W x D (mm / inches) typ. 32 / 1.25
103 / 4
155 / 6.1
Temperature °C/°F
Weight (Kg / Ib)
Connectors
-20 to +60 -4 to +140
0.4 / 0.9
BNC female
www.rfi.com.au 57
Receiver Preselectors 132-174 MHz These preselectors utilise time-proven 100mm (4") re-entrant cavities in a design of superior flexibility that provides both high selectivity and factory adjustable bandwidth in a compact package. They can also be used as a post-combiner filter at total input powers up to 125-250 Watts depending on pass bandwidth settings. Two or more of these units may be used to provide a multi-window receive preselector, or a wide passband, high power, duplexer. This model is supplied (standard) mounted on a 3RU panel, flushmount shelf, other mounting styles are available to suit 483mm (19") racking.
RX1418-1441-31 0
• Ideal for high density sites
-10
• Adjustable pass bandwidth
-30
-20
-40
• Suits analogue or digital systems
-50 -60
• RFI Systems records support
-70 -80
• Suited to use in high power, wide bandwidth duplexers
-90
-10
fo
+10
Typical Response Curve - RX1418-1441-31 @ 0.5, 1.0 and 2.0MHz BW
• Response may be further enhanced with additional filtering • Various mounting styles available
Electrical Model No.
Frequency (MHz)
RX1315-1441-31
132-150
RX1418-1441-31
Pass Bandwidth
Insertion Loss @ Fo (dB)
Passband Insertion Loss (dB)
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
0.5 to 2.0 MHz
1.4 (Typ)
1.8 (Typ)
125-250 Note 1.
50 Ohms
144-174
Note: 1. Power rating varies with pass bandwidth. Please consult RFI if further clarification required.
Mechanical Model No.
RX1315-1441-31
RX1418-1441-31
Construction Alodined aluminium with silver plated tuning elements with powder coated front panel
Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)
133 / 5.25
483 / 19
546 / 21.5
Temperature °C/°F
Weight (Kg / Ib)
Connectors
-30 to +60 -22 to +140
8.6 / 19
N female
www.rfi.com.au 58
Receiver Preselectors 132-250 MHz These preselectors utilise time-proven 168mm (6.625") cavities in a design of superior flexibility that provides both high selectivity and factory-adjustable bandwidth in a compact package. They can also be used as a post-combiner filter at total input powers up to 400 watts depending on pass bandwidth settings. Two or more of these units may be used to provide a multi-window receive preselector, or a wide passband, high power, duplexer. This model is supplied (standard) mounted on a centre mount rail and a front mount rail suited to 483mm (19") rack.
• High selectivity • Ideal for high density sites • Adjustable pass bandwidth • Suits analogue or digital systems • RFI Systems records support RX1317-1641-41
• Suitable for use in high power, wide bandwidth duplexers
0 -10
• Response may be further enhanced with additional filtering
-20 -30 -40 -50 -60 -70 -80 -90
-10
fo
+10
Typical Response Curve - RX1317-1641-41 @ 0.5, 1.0 and 2.0MHz BW
Electrical Model No.
Frequency (MHz)
RX1317-1641-41
132-174
RX1625-1641-41
168-250
Pass Bandwidth
Insertion Loss @ Fo (dB)
Passband Insertion Loss (dB)
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
0.5 to 2.0 MHz
0.7 (Typ)
1.0 (Typ)
400 Note 1.
50 Ohms
Note: 1. Power rating varies with pass bandwidth. Please consult RFI if further clarification required.
Mechanical Model No.
Construction
RX1317-1641-41
Alodined aluminium with silver plated tuning elements
RX1625-1641-41
Size - H x W x D (mm / inches) 838 / 33 483 / 19
+190 / 7.5 -190 / 7.5
Temperature °C/°F
Weight (Kg / Ib)
Connectors
-30 to +60 -22 to +140
22 / 50
N female
762 / 30
www.rfi.com.au 59
Receiver Preselectors 174-275 MHz These preselectors utilise time-proven 100mm (4") bandpass cavities in a design of superior flexibility that provides both high selectivity and factory-adjustable bandwidth in a compact package. They can also be used as a post-combiner filter at total input powers up to 125-250 Watts depending on pass bandwidth settings. Two or more of these units may be used to provide a multi-window receive preselector, or a wide passband, high power, duplexer. Various mounting styles are available upon request.
• Ideal for high density sites
RX2127-1441-31
• Adjustable pass bandwidth
0
• Ideal as post-combiner filter at up to 250 watts input power
-10 -20 -30 -40
• RFI Systems records support
-50 -60
• Suited to use in high power, wide bandwidth duplexers
-70 -80
• Response may be further enhanced with additional filtering
-90
-10
fo
+10
Typical Response Curve - RX2127-1441-31 @ 0.5, 1.0 & 2.0MHz
Electrical Model No.
Frequency (MHz)
RX1720-1441-31
174-200
RX2127-1441-31
215-275
Pass Bandwidth
Insertion Loss @ Fo (dB)
Passband Insertion Loss (dB)
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
0.5 to 3.0 MHz
<2.0 (Typ)
1.3 (Typ)
125-250 Note 1.
50 Ohms
Note: 1. Power rating varies with pass bandwidth. Please consult RFI if further clarification required.
Mechanical Model No.
Construction
RX1720-1441-31 RX2127-1441-31
Alodined aluminium with silver plated tuning elements with powder coated flush front panel
Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)
134 / 5.25
483 / 19
305 / 12
Temperature °C/°F
Weight (Kg / Ib)
Connectors
-30 to +60 -22 to +140
22 / 50
N female
www.rfi.com.au 60
Receiver Preselectors 215-300 MHz This model is a 3-section preselector using 50mm (2") helical resonators offering a pass bandwidth of 0.6 to 2.0MHz within the 215300MHz frequency range. The symmetrical response and small size of this unit also make it ideal for integration into bi-directional amplifiers and other systems applications. This model is supplied mounted on a 483mm (19inch) front panel for easy mounting and it’s small size also makes it suitable for direct installation on receiver multicoupling shelves or racking. RX2130-1231-51
• Ideal for low and medium density sites 0
• Tunable pass bandwidth
-10
• RFI Systems records support
-30
-20
• Suited to bi-directional amplifiers and other similar systems applications • Response may be further enhanced with additional filtering
-40 -50 -60 -70 -80 -90
-10
fo
+10
Typical Response Curve - RX2130-1231-51
Electrical Model No.
Frequency (MHz)
Pass Bandwidth
Insertion Loss @ Fo (dB)
Passband Insertion Loss (dB)
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
RX2130-1231-51
215-300
0.6 to 2.0 MHz
2.5 (Typ)
3.2 (Typ)
Rx Only Lower Power Tx
50 Ohms
Note: 1. Power rating varies with pass bandwidth. Please consult RFI if further clarification required.
Mechanical Model No.
Construction
RX2130-1231-51
Alodined aluminium with silver plated tuning elements
50 / 2
Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)
Temperature °C/°F
Weight (Kg / Ib)
Connectors
483 / 19
-30 to +60 -22 to +140
2.8 / 6
BNC female
210 / 8.25
www.rfi.com.au 61
Receiver Preselectors 300-400 MHz This preselector utilises time-proven 100mm (4") bandpass cavities in a design of superior flexibility that provides both high selectivity and factory-adjustable bandwidth in a compact package. It can also be used as a post-combiner filter at total input powers up to 125-250 Watts depending on pass bandwidth settings. Two or more of these units may be used to provide a multi-window receive preselector, or a wide passband high power duplexer. This model is available mounted on a 3RU panel, flush-mount shelf. Other mounting styles are available to suit 483mm (19") racking.
• Ideal for emerging Trunking and PMR bands
RX3040-1441-31
• Suits high density sites 0
• Adjustable pass bandwidth
-10
• Ideal for analogue and digital systems
-30
-20
-40
• Suited to use in high power, wide bandwidth duplexers
-50 -60 -70
• Response may be further enhanced with additional filtering
-80 -90
-10
fo
+10
Typical Response Curve - RX3040-1441-31 @ 0.5, 1.0 & 2.0MHz
Electrical Model No.
Frequency (MHz)
Pass Bandwidth
Insertion Loss @ Fo (dB)
Passband Insertion Loss (dB)
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
RX3040-1441-31
300-400
0.5 to 3.0 MHz
<2.0 (Typ)
1.3 (Typ)
125-250 Note 1.
50 Ohms
Notes: 1. Power rating varies with Pass bandwidth. Please consult RFI if further clarification required.
Mechanical Model No.
Construction
Alodined aluminium with silver plated RX3040-1441-31 tuning elements with powder coated flush front panel
Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)
134 / 5.25
483 / 19
305 / 12
Temperature °C/°F
Weight (Kg / Ib)
Connectors
-30 to +60 -22 to +140
22 / 50
N female
www.rfi.com.au 62
Receiver Preselectors 380-420 MHz This preselector has been specifically designed to cater for the exacting requirements of new digital technologies such as P25. However it is equally suitable for analogue systems use. The unit is a precision milled combline filter offering excellent performance characteristics. It offers exceptional passband roll off to provide excellent selectivity and transmitter band rejection. In addition, its construction provides other benefits such as broad pass bandwidth capability and low insertion loss. The pass bandwidth requirement in this frequency segment is often 5MHz, but other widths can be provided if necessary. Alternate UHF frequency bands can also be provided upon request. The model is provided on a powder coated 2RU flush front panel, and other mounting styles are also available upon request.
RX3842-1801-31 0 -10
• Developed for emerging P25 markets
-20 -30
• Also suited to analogue technologies
-40
• Excellent selectivity
-60
-50
-70
• Low insertion loss
-80 -90
• Compact construction
-25
fo
+25
Typical Response Curve - RX3842-1801-31 @ 5MHz
Electrical Model No.
Frequency (MHz)
Pass Bandwidth
Insertion Loss @ Fo (dB)
Passband Insertion Loss (dB)
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
RX3842-1801-31
380-420
5.0 MHz (typ)
1.5
1.5
Rx Only
50 Ohms
Mechanical Model No.
Construction
RX3842-1801-31
Alodined aluminium with silver plated tuning elements Mounted on powder coated flush front panel
Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)
89 / 3.5
483 / 19
204 / 8
Temperature °C/°F
Weight (Kg / Ib)
Connectors
-30 to +60 -22 to +140
10 / 22
N female
www.rfi.com.au 63
Receiver Preselectors 400-520 MHz This preselector is a 3-section, helical resonator filter that has a pass bandwidth from 0.6 to 1.0MHz within the 400-520MHz frequency range. Typical selectivity is greater than 45dB at frequencies 4MHz above or below the passband edges. The symmetrical response and small size of these units also makes it ideal for integration into bi-directional amplifiers and other systems applications. The unit is mounted on a 483mm (19inch) front panel for easy mounting and its small size also makes the resonators themselves ideal for direct installation on receiver multicoupling shelves or racking. RX4052-1231-51
• Tunable bandwidth 0
• Ideal for in-plant systems
-10
• Suitable for compact systems
-30
-20
-40
• Rugged reliable construction
-50 -60 -70 -80 -90
-10
fo
+10
Typical Response Curve - RX4052-1231-51 @ 0.6MHz BW
Electrical Model No.
Frequency (MHz)
Pass Bandwidth
Insertion Loss @ Fo (dB)
Passband Insertion Loss (dB)
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
RX4052-1231-51
400-520
0.6 to 1.0 MHz
2.5 (Typ)
3.2 (Typ)
Rx Only Low Power Tx
50 Ohms
Mechanical Model No.
Construction
RX4052-1231-51
Alodined aluminium with silver plated tuning elements
50 / 2
Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)
Temperature °C/°F
Weight (Kg / Ib)
Connectors
483 / 19
-30 to +60 -22 to +140
2.8 / 6
BNC female
210 / 8.25
www.rfi.com.au 64
Receiver Preselectors 400-520 MHz This preselector utilises time-proven 100mm (4") bandpass cavities in a design of superior flexibility that provides both high selectivity and factory-adjustable bandwidth in a compact package. It can be also be used as a post-combiner filter at total input powers up to 125-250 Watts depending on pass bandwidth settings. Two or more of these units may be used to provide a multi-window receive preselector or a wide passband, high power, duplexer. This model is available mounted on a 3RU panel. Other mounting styles are available to suit 483mm (19") racking. RX4052-1441-31
• Ideal for analogue and digital, Trunking and PMR • Suits high density sites 0
• Adjustable pass bandwidth
-10
• RFI Systems records support
-30
-20
• Ideal as post-combiner filter at up to 250 Watts input power
-40 -50 -60 -70
• Suited to use in high power, wide bandwidth duplexers
-80 -90
-10
• Response may be further enhanced with additional filtering
fo
+10
Typical Response Curve - RX4052-1441-31 @ 0.5, 1.0 & 2.0MHz
Electrical Model No.
Frequency (MHz)
Pass Bandwidth
Insertion Loss @ Fo (dB)
Passband Insertion Loss (dB)
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
RX4052-1441-31
400-520
0.5 to 5.0 MHz (Typ)
1.5 (Typ)
1.8 (Typ)
125-250 Note 1.
50 Ohms
Note: 1. Power rating varies with pass bandwidth. Please consult RFI if further clarification required.
Mechanical Model No.
Construction
RX4052-1441-31
Alodined aluminium with silver plated tuning elements, with powder coated front panel
Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)
134 / 5.25
483 / 19
305 / 12
Temperature °C/°F
Weight (Kg / Ib)
Connectors
-30 to +60 -22 to +140
6.3 / 14
N female
www.rfi.com.au 65
Receiver Preselectors 400-530 MHz These preselectors have been designed for applications such as mobile trunking and in-plant receiver multicoupling requiring up to 4MHz wide passbands. The Vari-Notch® response of the units can be tuned to provide the sharper response skirt on either the lower or upper side of the passband to optimise rejection of corresponding transmitter channels or other signals. They offer high performance characteristics and suit applications requiring high power operation and excellent VSWR across the entire passband(s). As such they are also ideally suited as post-combiner filters for transmitter multicouplers. Unlike some other compact preselectors, these models provide a stable VSWR over a genuine 4MHz wide passband. This ensures that constant, stable isolation and insertion loss characteristics are maintained across the entire band. The Vari-Notch® circuit by design also offers a degree of out-of-band rejection that further enhances the scope of application for these units. These models each comprise four (4) cavity filters coupled together in a Vari-Notch® configuration and mounted on a 1RU 483mm (19inch) cantilever shelf. Alternatively, a mobile mount version and other custom styles are available.
RX4953-1541-31
0 -10 -20 -30 -40 -50 -60 -70 -80
• Ideal for mobile Trunking and in-plant Systems
-90
-10
• Ideal as a post-combiner filter at up to 100 watts input power
fo
+10
Typical Response Curve - RX4953-1541-31 @3.0MHz BW
• Small, compact size • Mobile-mount style available • Adjustable pass bandwidth • RFI Systems records support
Electrical Model No.
Frequency (MHz)
RX4044-1541-31
400-440
RX4447-1541-31
440-470
RX4749-1541-31
470-490
RX4953-1541-31
490-530
Pass Bandwidth
Insertion Loss @ Fo (dB)
Passband Insertion Loss (dB)
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
0.1 to 5.0 MHz (Typ)
2.0 (Typ)
1.8 (Typ)
100
50 Ohms
Mechanical Model No.
Construction
All models
Alodined aluminium with silver plated tuning elements
Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)
44 / 1.75
483 / 19
200 / 8.0
Temperature °C/°F
Weight (Kg / Ib)
Connectors
-20 to +80 -22 to +176
1.2 / 2.64
BNC female
www.rfi.com.au 66
Receiver Preselectors 380-700 MHz These preselectors are iris-coupled, 3 or 4-section filters. The available bandwidth is dedendent upon configuration and ranges from 380-700MHz frequency range (typical). Their small size makes them ideal as general-purpose preselectors or for use in most low and medium density communications sites, in-plant systems and in specialised applications such as bi-directional amplifier systems. They are ideal for direct installation on receiver multicoupling shelves or racking. Alternate mounting styles are available to order. RX4070-1243-11
• Factory tunable bandwidth • Ideal for low and medium-density sites 0
• Suited to in-plant designs
-10
• RFI Systems records support
-30
-20
-40
• Rugged, high quality design
-50 -60
• Response may be enhanced with additional filtering
-70 -80 -90
-10
fo
+10
Typical Response Curve - RX4070-1243-11 @3.0MHz BW
Electrical Model No.
Frequency (MHz)
RX4060-1231-11
Pass Bandwidth
Insertion Loss @ Fo (dB)
Passband Insertion Loss (dB)
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
2.5 (Typ)
3.2 (Typ)
Rx Low Power Tx
50 Ohms
0.6 @ 400-430MHz
RX4060-1232-11
0.6 @ 450-470MHz 400-600 (Typ)
RX4060-1233-11
0.6 @ 470-490MHz
RX4060-1234-11
0.6 @ 490-510MHz
RX4060-1235-11
0.6 @ 510-530MHz
RX4070-1241-11
0.8 @ 450-470MHz 380-700 (Typ)
RX4070-1242-11 RX4070-1243-11
1.5 @ 470-490MHz 2.0 @ 400-420MHz
Mechanical Model No.
RX4060-1231-11 RX4060-1221-11 RX4060-1231-11 RX4060-1241-11 RX4060-1251-11
Construction
Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)
147 / 5.7 Alodined aluminium with silver plated tuning elements
RX4070-1241-11 RX4070-1242-11 RX4070-1243-11
Temperature °C/°F
172 / 6.8
Weight (Kg / Ib)
1.09 / 2.4 -30 to +60 -22 to +140
51 / 2
196 / 7.7
178 / 7.0
Connectors
BNC female
1.28 / 2.8
www.rfi.com.au 67
Receiver Preselectors 800-1000 MHz These receiver preselectors offer excellent performance in a compact physical package. This model is a six section helical filter that can be tuned to pass bandwidths of up to 10 MHz. This model is normally supplied separately for mounting into systems such as bi-directional amplifiers (BDAs) but a range of mounting styles are available upon request.
• Ideal for Trunking and PMR on low density sites RX8287-1181-18
• Suits BDA and other systems applications 0
• Adjustable pass bandwidth
-10 -20
• RFI Systems records support
-30 -40
• Suited to use in low power, wide bandwidth duplexers
-50 -60 -70 -80 -90
-20
fo
+20
Typical Response Curve - RX8287-1181-18
Electrical Model No.
Frequency (MHz)
Pass Bandwidth
Insertion Loss @ Fo (dB)
Passband Insertion Loss (dB)
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
RX8287-1181-18
820-870
1.0 to 10.0 MHz Typical
2.0 (Typ)
2.2 (Typ)
Rx Low Power Tx
50 Ohms
Mechanical Model No.
Construction
RX8287-1181-18
Painted aluminium
Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)
32 / 1.25
210 / 8.25
90 / 3.5
Temperature °C/°F
Weight (Kg / Ib)
Connectors
-20 to +60 -4 to +140
0.64 / 1.4
BNC female
www.rfi.com.au 68
Receiver Preselectors 800-1000 MHz This preselector utilises time-proven 100mm (4") ¾ wavelength bandpass cavities in a design of superior flexibility that provides both high selectivity and factory-adjustable bandwidth in a compact package. It can also be used as a post-combiner filter at total input powers up to 125-250 watts depending on pass bandwidth settings. Two or more of these units may be used to provide a multi-window receive preselector or a wide passband, high power duplexer. This model is available mounted on a 3RU panel, flush-mount shelf, or in a cross-mount style - both suiting 483mm (19") racking.
RX8010-1441-31 0
• Ideal for analogue and digital, Trunking and PMR
-10
• Suits high density sites
-30
-20
-40
• Adjustable pass bandwidth
-50 -60
• RFI Systems records support
-70 -80
• Ideal as post-combiner filter at up to 250 watts input power
-90
-10
• Suited to use in high power, wide bandwidth duplexers
fo
+10
Typical Response Curve - RX8010-1441-31 @ 0.5, 1.0 & 2.0MHz
• Response may be further enhanced with additional filtering
Electrical Model No.
Frequency (MHz)
Pass Bandwidth
Insertion Loss @ Fo (dB)
Passband Insertion Loss (dB)
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
RX8010-1441-31
800-1000
0.2 to 8.0 MHz
1.0 (Typ)
1.3 (Typ)
125-250 Note 1.
50 Ohms
Note: 1. Power rating varies with pass bandwidth. Please consult RFI if further clarification required.
Mechanical Model No.
Construction
RX8010-1441-31
Alodined aluminium with silver plated tuning elements, with powder coated front panel
Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)
134 / 5.25
483 / 19
305 / 12
Temperature °C/°F
Weight (Kg / Ib)
Connectors
-30 to +60 -22 to +140
6.3 / 14
N female
www.rfi.com.au 69
Receiver Preselectors 800-1000 MHz These preselectors are combline, maximally-flat bandpass filters that provide the low insertion loss and high selectivity required in RFcongested environments. They are ideally suited to use in receiver preselectors and bidirectional amplifier systems requiring high selectivity in a compact size. Depending on the model, six to twelve-section models provide 515MHz of passband that can be tuned anywhere in their respective frequency ranges. These preselectors satisfy a wide variety of system design applications in the 800MHz and 900MHz bands. They are particularly suited to multi-channel systems including trunking radio, cellular, Bi-directional Amplifier applications and Distributed Antenna Systems (DAS). These models are recommended for typical system applications where ample transmit-receive frequency separation exists and/or when carrier attenuation requirements can be satisfied with the combined preselector selectivity and/or antenna isolation. These models are mounted on flush rack mount panels, or they may be mounted in alternative mounting styles if desired.
RX8082-1801-31 0 -10 -20 -30 -40 -50 -60 -70 -80
• Suits analogue and digital technologies • Ideal for Trunking and Cellular applications • Suits high density sites
-90
-50
fo
+50
Typical Response Curve - RX8082-1801-31 @ 18.0MHz
• Ideal for tower mount amplifiers • Broad range available upon request • Response may be further enhanced with additional • Example models shown (other variants available on request)
This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.
If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here, please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!
www.rfi.com.au 70
Receiver Preselectors 800-1000 MHz Electrical Model No.
Frequency (MHz)
Pass Bandwidth
Insertion Loss @ fo (dB)
Sections
15
0.4 dB
6
5
0.9 dB
6
15
0.6 dB
8
RX8082-1861-31 RX8082-1862-31
806-821
RX8082-1881-31 RX8082-1801-31
806-824
18
0.7 dB
10
RX8284-1861-31
825-845
10
0.6 dB
6
15
0.4 dB
6
5
1.2 dB
6
RX8586-1861-31
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
Rx Only
50 Ohms
851-866 RX8586-1882-31 RX8789-1861-31
870-890
10
0.6 dB
6
RX8991-1801-31
890-915
25
0.5 dB
10
RX8991-1802-31
890-915
25
0.5 dB
12
5
1.0 dB
6
5
1.0 dB
8
25
0.7 dB
10
25
0.7 dB
12
RX8990-1861-31 896-901 RX8990-1881-31 RX9396-1801-31 935-960 RX9396-1802-31
Mechanical Model No.
Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)
Construction
Temperature °C/°F
Weight (Kg / Ib)
Connectors
RX8082-1861-31 3.1 / 6.8 RX8082-1862-31 RX8082-1881-31
3.6 / 7.9
RX8082-1801-31
3.8 / 8.4
RX8284-1861-31 RX8586-1861-31
3.1 / 6.8
RX8586-1882-31 RX8789-1861-31
Alodined aluminium with silver plated tuning elements, with four alodined front panel
134 5.25
483 19
64 2.5
-30 to +60 -22 to 140
3.6 / 7.9
N female
RX8991-1801-31 3.1 / 6.8 RX8991-1802-31 RX8990-1861-31
3.8 / 8.4
RX8990-1881-31
4.1 / 9.0
RX9396-1801-31
3.8 / 8.4
RX9396-1802-31
4.1 / 9.0
RX8586-1841-31
50 2
483 19
135 5.3
3.8 / 8.3
www.rfi.com.au 71
Receiver Distribution Systems Note: For an introduction to our receiver multicoupler technology, please refer to the Technical Support section at the rear of this catalogue. RFI offers a family of modular-style receiver multicouplers that utilise class "A", low noise, bipolar transistor preamplifiers with excellent third order intercept (3OIP) and 1dB compression specifications in conjunction with multichannel distribution dividers to provide a dynamically expandable receiver multicoupler system for analogue and digital systems. Applications for the modules in this family include the improvement of receive sensitivity, isolation measurement systems, increasing test equipment (i.e. spectrum analyser) sensitivity, and the distribution of signals to multiple receivers or other equipment. Using our "pyramid" style interconnection system, receiver multicouplers can be provided in output configurations from single (1) to sixty-four (64) distributed channels in standard configurations, and customised designs can easily accommodate the requirements of high density sites requiring even more channels. Preamplifiers and dividers may be added over time, as needed, to keep pace with the receiver multicoupler capacity requirements on an individual site-by-site basis - therefore optimising expenditure on site equipment at all times. In addition, the modular format of our units allow them to be easily reconfigured at any future date to adapt to changes in antenna and associated receiver preselector installations at a site should these occur. This modular flexibility also allows any of the preamplifier or divider modules to be re-used on other sites if a site is decommissioned at any time. Preamplifier modules may be cascaded to provide higher levels of gain, or individual units may be incorporated within complex distribution systems to balance overall gain levels for particular channels. Single stage preamplifier configurations are typically suitable for up to eight (8) or sixteen (16) distributed channel outputs. A dual stage preamplifier typically has sufficient gain to drive up to sixty-four (64) such channels. In addition, passive attenuators are provided in all models to allow for the correct settings of system gain within a given site configuration. When dual stage preamplifiers are employed, the attenuator is connected between stages. In this position the second stage will operate at the highest output signal level only when maximum gain is required, obtaining the best IM performance possible over all gain adjustments. Construction uses specially designed aluminium extrusions. Preamp stages are individually shielded to allow high gain packaging and to minimise extraneous coupling in areas of high level RF fields. Each amplifier stage has an op-amp controlled bias level to ensure stable gain and noise figure performance across a wide temperature range and supply voltage variation.
72
Receiver Distribution Systems Receiver Multicoupler Systems These Receiver Multicoupler systems suit analogue and digital technologies and are factory assembled on a 1RU 19inch rack mount shelf with a grey powder coated flush front panel. The overall gain of the system is adjustable, and initially set by attenuator pads that are supplied and fitted in the factory. These models are supplied with single or multiple stage preamplifiers and distribution channel outputs as per the following table. All models operate from an external regulated 12-15Vdc power supply. RX3855-3216-31
Electrical Outputs
PreAmps
Maximum Gain (dB) typ.
RX0308-3104-31
4
1
12
RX0308-3108-31
8
1
9
12
1
6
RX0308-3116-31
16
1
6
RX1036-3104-31
4
1
12
RX1036-3108-31
8
1
9
RX1036-3112-31
12
1
6
RX1036-3116-31
16
1
6
4
1
12
RX1317-3108-31
8
1
9
RX1317-3112-31
12
1
6
RX1317-3116-31
16
1
6
RX1740-3104-31
4
1
10
Model No.
Frequency (MHz)
30-88
RX0308-3112-31
108-136
RX1317-3104-31
RX1740-3108-31
174-400
RX1740-3112-31
8
1
7
12
1
4
RX1740-3116-31
16
1
4
RX3855-3104-31
4
1
6
RX3855-3108-31
8
1
3
RX3855-3208-31
8
2
14
RX3855-3212-31
380-550
12
2
10
RX3855-3216-31
16
2
10
RX8010-3104-31
4
1
4
RX8010-3108-31
8
1
1
RX8010-3208-31
8
2
13
RX8010-3212-31
800-1000
12
2
9
RX8010-3216-31
16
2
9
Noise Figure (dB) typ.
Current @ 15vdc typ.
2.5
110mA
3.5
110mA
3.5
110mA
50mA 2.8 100mA
25mA 3.5 50mA
Mechanical Model No.
Construction
All above models
Rack shelf with powder coated front panel
Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)
44 / 1.75
482 / 19
350 / 13.8
Temperature °C/°F
Weight (Kg / Ib)
Connectors
-30 to +60°C -22 to +140°F
Dependent on configuration
BNC / N female
Higher maximum gain values can be provided. Further expansion beyond these listed capacities is possible through the addition of extra preamplifier modules and/or output distribution dividers and mounting shelves. Other frequency bands and mounting styles are also available on request. Please contact your nearest RFI office for further information.
www.rfi.com.au 73
Receiver Distribution Systems Receiver Multicoupler Starter Systems
Typical 4-way receiver distribution system
Electrical Model No.
Frequency (MHz)
No.of Stages
PreAmp Gain (typ.)
Noise Figure (typ.)
3rd I.P. (typ.)
1dB Comp. (typ.)
Supply (typ.)
RX0020-3104-31
5-200
1
15 dB
3.5 dB
+28 dBm
+26 dBm
+12-15vdc@ 70mA
RX0308-3104-31
30-88
1
19 dB
2.5 dB
+41 dBm
+26 dBm
+12-15vdc@ 110mA
RX1013-3104-31
108-136
1
19 dB
3.5 dB
+41 dBm
+26 dBm
+12-15vdc@ 110mA
RX1317-3104-31
132-174
1
19 dB
3.5 dB
+41 dBm
+26 dBm
+12-15vdc@ 110mA
RX1740-3104-31
174-400
1
15 dB
3.5 dB
+41 dBm
+26 dBm
+12-15vdc@ 50mA
RX3855-3104-31
380-550
1
12 dB
2.8 dB
+38 dBm
+26 dBm
+12-15vdc@ 50mA
RX8010-3104-31
800-1000
1
13 dB
3.5 dB
+31 dBm
+15 dBm
+12-15vdc@ 25mA
Mechanical Model No.
Construction
All above models
Rack shelf with powder coated front panel
Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)
44 / 1.75
482 / 19
350 / 13.8
Temperature °C/°F
Weight (Kg / Ib)
Connectors
-30 to +60°C -22 to +140°F
6.3 / 14
N female
This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.
If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here, please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!
www.rfi.com.au 74
Receiver Distribution Systems Expansion Kits
Receiver Multicoupler Expansion Kits (4 to 8 channel capacity) This kit may be ordered for use in all frequency bands. It expands the existing single stage Starter System from four (4) to eight (8) outputs, and provides an additional two-way and four-way output divider, interconnect cable, hardware and instructions for mounting onto the existing shelf. The total possible overall system gain of the initial Starter System is reduced by around 3dB by the insertion loss of the two-way divider.
Model No.
Frequency (MHz)
Expansion
PreAmps in Kit
Two-way splitters in kit
Four-way splitters in kit
Supply
RX0000-4008-11
5-1000
From 4-8
0
1
1
As per 4 channel above
Receiver Multicoupler - Expansion Kits (8 to 12 channel capacity) This kit may be ordered for use in all frequency bands. It expands the above eight (8) channel system to twelve (12) channels and provides two additional four-way output dividers, interconnect cable, a preamplifier, a 50 Ohm termination for the unused port plus hardware and instructions for mounting onto the existing shelf. The total possible overall system gain of the above eight (8) channel system is increased by the inclusion of the preamplifier module.
Model No.
Frequency (MHz)
Expansion
PreAmps in Kit
Two-way splitters in kit
Four-way splitters in kit
Supply (typ.)
RX0020-4112-11
5-200
From 8-12
1
0
2
+12-15vdc@ 70mA
RX0308-4112-11
30-88
From 8-12
1
0
2
+12-15vdc@ 110mA
RX1036-4112-11
108-136
From 8-12
1
0
2
+12-15vdc@ 110mA
RX1317-4112-11
132-174
From 8-12
1
0
2
+12-15vdc@ 110mA
RX1740-4112-11
174-400
From 8-12
1
0
2
+12-15vdc@ 110mA
RX3855-4112-11
380-550
From 8-12
1
0
2
+12-15vdc@ 50mA
RX8010-4112-11
800-1000
From 8-12
1
0
2
+12-15vdc@ 25mA
www.rfi.com.au 75
Receiver Distribution Systems Expansion Kits Receiver Multicoupler Expansion Kits (12 to 16 channel capacity) This kit may be ordered for use in all frequency bands. It expands the twelve (12) channel system to sixteen (16) channels, and provides an additional four-way output divider, interconnect cable, hardware and instructions for mounting onto the existing shelf. The total possible overall system gain of this configuration is the same as the twelve (12) channel expanded system.
Model No.
Frequency (MHz)
Expansion
PreAmps in Kit
Two-way splitters in kit
Four-way splitters in kit
Supply
RX0000-4016-11
5-1000
From 12-16
0
0
1
As per 12 channel above
Further expansion beyond these listed capacities is possible through the addition of additional preamplifier modules and/or output distribution dividers and mounting shelves. Other frequency bands and mounting styles are also available on request. Please contact your nearest RFI office for further information.
This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.
If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here, please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!
www.rfi.com.au 76
Receiver Distribution Systems Preamplifier Modules These preamplifier modules are used in our receiver distribution systems products. They offer exceptional performance and combine low-noise class “A” operation utilising a low distortion bi-polar design that provides a high 3rd order intercept point (3OIP) and excellent 1dB compression point ratings. If required, these units may also be cascaded to provide amplifier blocks of up to 70dB gain or higher.
• Suitable for analogue and digital systems
RX3855-2001-11
• Very low noise • Superior 3OIP and 1dB compression point • Excellent stability • May be cascaded for higher gain • Suited for use in receiver multicoupling, BDA’s, etc.
Electrical Model No.
Frequency (MHz)
PreAmp Gain (typ.)
Noise Figure (typ.)
3rd I.P. (typ.)
1dB Comp. (typ.)
Supply (typ.)
RX0308-2001-11
30-88
15 dB
3.5 dB
+28 dBm
+26 dBm
+12-15vdc@ 70mA
RX1036-2001-11
108-136
19 dB
2.0 dB
+41 dBm
+26 dBm
+12-15vdc@ 110mA
RX1317-2001-11
132-174
19 dB
2.3 dB
+41 dBm
+26 dBm
+12-15vdc@ 110mA
RX1740-2001-11
174-400
19 dB
2.3 dB
+41 dBm
+26 dBm
+12-15vdc@ 110mA
RX3855-2001-11
380-550
12 dB
2.8 dB
+38 dBm
+26 dBm
+12-15vdc@ 50mA
RX8010-2001-11
800-1000
13 dB
2.3 dB
+31 dBm
+15 dBm
+12-15vdc@ 25mA
Mechanical Model No.
Construction
Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)
Temperature °C/°F
Weight (Kg / Ib)
Connectors
All above models
Alodine aluminium casing
44 x 57 x 82 / 1.75 x 2.25 x 3.25
-40 to +60°C -40 to +140°F
0.25 / 0.55
TNC female (power) BNC female (RF In / Out)
www.rfi.com.au 77
Receiver Distribution Systems Port Terminations These 50 Ohm terminations are specifically designed to terminate unused ports on low power devices (such as receiver distribution systems) and help ensure optimum shielding and the lowest system noise figures. They are supplied individually in BNC and N male configurations. For other termination devices, please refer to the Systems Products section of this catalogue.
Electrical Model No.
Frequency
Return Loss / VSWR
Power Rating
Impedance
DC-1000
30 dB / 1.05:1
0.5 Watts (Rx Only)
50 Ohms
Temp Range
Weight (g / oz)
SP0000-6001-11 SP0000-6002-11
Mechanical Model No.
Dimensions
SP0000-6001-11
As per BNC male
SP0000-6002-11
As per N male
-30 to +60°C -22 to +140°C
9 / 0.4 29 / 1.2
Finish As per connector
Connectors BNC male N male
This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.
If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here, please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!
www.rfi.com.au 78
Tower Mounted Systems RFI offers a family of modular-style Tower Mounted Preamplifier Systems to improve your system's receive performance. Designed for today's challenging and often hostile RF environments, this family of products offers an excellent balance between low noise, high gain, and intermodulation immunity. Superior performance and rugged dependability coupled with our design, assembly and testing quality make our tower mounted systems ideal for any application - including cellular, wireless data, analogue and digital PMR, trunking and conventional two-way radio. In addition to improving receiver system sensitivity, tower-mounted preamplifiers can also provide you the option of using higher-loss, more cost effective coaxial cabling that can also reduce structural loadings on towers. Whilst there are some "typical" system configurations based on commonly utilised applications and frequencies, we can also custom design and manufacture systems to suit your needs using the same tried and proven module technologies used in our other multicoupling systems, in frequencies from 30MHz to over 2500MHz. A sampling of our standard product is shown in this catalogue but if you require a tower mounted preamplifier system not shown in this catalogue, please do not hesitate to contact your local RFI sales office for further assistance.
Manual Backup Series This series brings economy with uncompromised performance. The tower unit's enclosure is constructed from a weather proof thick-walled stainless steel cabinet.
Tower Unit The tower unit consists of three (3) internal subassemblies: a preselector filter, preamplifier/bypass circuitry, and a surge suppressor/DC bias tap. The mounting bar included with the system enclosure has stainless steel bracket plates fastening to round poles or tower legs. The preamplifier/bypass circuitry is optimised to achieve the lowest possible noise figure without compromising intermodulation specifications. Bypass circuitry allows continued operation without signal amplification in the event power is lost. Alternatively, if the preamplifier fails, removing power from the coaxial cable forces the tower unit into a bypass mode, preserving receive operation. The surge suppressor/DC bias tap includes a Polyphaser® gas-discharge device that suppresses destructive transients at the coaxial cable point of entry. Bulkhead mounting provides a low impedance ground connection for the Polyphaser® device.
Ground Unit The ground-level control panel consists of an AC power supply, an input for external 12-15VDC battery backup, surge suppressor, and DC bias injection module.
79
AMP
Surge Suppressor & DC Bias Tap
Combine Preselector
Tower Mounted Systems
Tower Feedline
Surge Suppressor & DC Bias Inject
Tower Power Supply
DC Backup Power 12-15 VDC
To Receiver Multicoupler
Typical Tower Mount Unit Gain
Up to 10dB (typical)
Amplifier Noise Figure
1.1dB
System Noise Figure
2.0-3.0dB
Typical 3OIP
+40dBm
DC Supply Voltage
+15VDC
Nom. I/O Impedance
50 Ohms
I/O VSWR
1.5:1
Temperature Range
-40 to +60º C / -22 to +140º F
Connectors
N female
Overall Dimensions
HxWxD 630x300x300mm (24.8x12x12")
Enclosure Type
Stainless Steel
Weight
13.5kg / 29.7lbs
Typical Ground Unit AC Supply Voltage
120/240VAC 50/60Hz
DC Backup Voltage
12-15VDC
Max. Power Consumption
4 watts (typical)
Temperature Range
-40 to +60º C / -22 to +140º F
Connectors
N female
Panel Dimensions
HxWxD 88x483x248mm (3.5x19x9.75") typical
Weight
2.7kg / 6lbs
This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.
If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here, please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!
www.rfi.com.au 80
Tower Mounted Systems
Main / Standby Models RFI supply units that utilise a switched backup system in which an isolated, off-line secondary preamplifier is switched into service in case of primary preamplifier failure. These systems allow the operator to manually activate the secondary preamplifier via a switch in the equipment room. In addition, these units can be supplied featuring Auto-Backup™ circuitry that automatically activates the secondary preamplifier when primary operating current falls outside of preset limits.
Tower Unit The tower unit is housed in a compact weatherproof stainless steel cabinet with appropriate connectors, gaskets, and moisture relief fitting. It contains the following major systems components: • a preselector filter • primary and secondary low-noise preamplifiers • amplifier switching control circuitry • DC bias tap and transient suppression circuitry • optional RF Test port with 30dB sampler
The surge suppressor/DC bias tap includes a Polyphaser® gas-discharge device that suppresses destructive transients at the coaxial cable point of entry.
Control Panel The ground-level control panel consists of an AC power supply, an input for external 12-15VDC power, surge suppressor, DC bias injection module, and a preamplifier selector switch. It is connected to the tower-mounted unit via 50ohm, low-loss coaxial cable. Tower Mount Unit Gain
Up to 10dB typical
Amplifier Noise Figure
2.5dB typical
System Noise Figure
5.0dB typical
Typical 3OIP
+38dBm (min.)
DC Supply Voltage
+15VDC
Nom. I/O Impedance
50 Ohms
I/O VSWR
2.0:1
Temperature Range
-40 to +60º C / -22 to +140º F
Overall Dimensions
HxWxD 630x300x300mm (24.8x12x12")
Enclosure Type
Stainless Steel
Weight
15.4kg / 34lbs Control Panel
AC Supply Voltage
120/240VAC 50/60Hz
DC Backup Voltage
12-15VDC (24-37VDC on Auto-Backup models)
Max. Power Consumption
4 watts
Temperature Range
-40 to +60º C / -22 to +140º F
Connectors
N female
Panel Dimensions
HxWxD 88x483x248mm (3.5x19x9.75")
Weight
2.7kg / 6lbs(6.4kg / 14.5lbs on Auto-Backup models)
www.rfi.com.au 81
Tower Mounted Systems
SYSTEM RECEIVING ANTENNA
SYSTEM RECEIVING ANTENNA
LOW-LOSS ANTENNA FEEDLINE
LOW-LOSS ANTENNA FEEDLINE
OPTIONAL RF TEST POINT CONTROL
OPTIONAL RF TEST POINT CONTROL
-30 dB TAP
-30 dB TAP COMBLINE PRESELECTOR
COMBLINE PRESELECTOR SECONDARY AMPLIFIER (OFF LINE)
RF SWITCHING MODULE
PRIMARY AMPLIFIER (IN LINE)
PRIMARY AMPLIFIER (IN LINE)
RF SWITCHING MODULE
SECONDARY AMPLIFIER (OFF LINE)
+15 V +15 V
Auto-Backup (TM) CONTROL MODULE
MANUAL BACKUP CONTROL MODULE
IN-LINE SURGE SUPPRESSOR
SURGE SUPPRESSOR & DC BIAS TAP
Transmission Line
Test Port Cable
Test Port Cable
SURGE SUPPRESSOR & DC BIAS TAP
Transmission Line
Control Cable
9-CONDUCTOR CONTROL CABLE LOW-LOSS TOWER TRANSMISSION LINE
RF TEST CABLE (RG-213 or RG-214)
RF TEST CABLE (RG-213 or RG-214)
RF Test Output
RF Test Output
OPTIONAL RF TEST PANEL RF TEST CONTROL
SURGE SUPPRESSOR & DC BIAS INJECT
CONTROL PANEL +15 V
TOWER POWER SUPPLY
RF+DC
RF
SURGE SUPPRESSOR & DC BIAS INJECT
PREAMP SELECTOR SWITCH
To receiver multicoupler
Typical System Block Diagram - Manual back up
LOW-LOSS TOWER TRANSMISSION LINE
RF Test Input DC Backup Power 12-15 VDC 120/240 VAC 50/60 Hz
OPTIONAL RF TEST PANEL RF Test Input
SURGE SUPPRESSOR & DC BIAS INJECT
RF TEST CONTROL
+15 V
CONTROL PANEL Alarm Outputs DC Backup Power 24-37 VDC 117/230 VAC 50/60 Hz
VOLTAGE/CURRENT ALARMS, DC BACKUP, PREAMP CONTROL BACKUP REGULATOR
IN-LINE SURGE SUPPRESSOR
TOWER POWER SUPPLY
SURGE SUPPRESSOR & DC BIAS INJECT
RF+DC RF
To receiver multicoupler
Typical System Block Diagram - Auto back up
www.rfi.com.au 82
Tower Mounted Systems
Example Model RFI supplies the SmartBackup™ tower top amplifier (TTA) technology. SmartBackup will switch automatically to a backup preamplifier when warranted. The system will also go into "bypass" should there be a catastrophic failure of both preamplifiers. The supplied preamplifiers utilise the latest amplifier technology available to minimise the system noise figure while providing unparalleled output performance. In this example model, a 806-824MHz preselector provides 100dB of isolation to transmitters at 851MHz and if harsh site conditions demand it, additional preselector selectivity can be provided.This preselector is placed just before the one rack unit receiver multicoupler that doubles as a control deck for the TTA. A digital display indicates the current drawn and the status of the preamplifiers respectively. Dry contact alarm closures are provided for remote system monitoring. Please contact RFI for details on models in other frequency bands or bandwidths.
806-824 MHz SmartBackup Tower Top Amplifier System TTA Specifications
Receiver Multicoupler/Control Panel Specifications Frequency Range
746-901 MHz
Frequency Range
806-824 MHz
Noise Figure
4.0 dB max
TTA Noise Figure
3.0dB typical, 3.5 dB Max
Preamp 3OIP
44 dBm
Net Gain
24 dB
Net Gain
3 dB min
TTA 3OIP
>38 dBm 3.0 dB max
VSWR
1.5:1 max
Bypass Insertion Loss
Number of Channels
16
VSWR
<1.7:1
Power Requirements
85-264 VAC, 47-63 Hz
Power Requirements
+24 VDC @ 1000 mA
Operating Temperature
-30 to +60° C / -22 to +140° F
Lightning Protection
impulse suppressor on all TTA ports
Operating Temperature
-40 to +60°C / -40 to +140° F
Mechanical
Standard EIA19” Rack mount
Enclosure
NEMA 4X, Stainless Steel
Connectors
N female in, BNC female out
Connectors
N female
Dimensions H x W x D (mm / inches)
44 x 482 x 355 / 1.75 x 19 x 14
Dimensions H x W x D (mm / inches)
610 x 152 x 152 / 24 x 6 x 6
Net Weight
5kgs / 12lbs
Net Weight
13kgs / 30 lbs
RFI can supply a wide range of tower mount equipment configured to meet the requirements of most systems' installations. For information on a specific model to satisfy your system design requirements, please contact your nearest RFI office with further details of your tower mount preamplifier requirements.
This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.
If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here, please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!
www.rfi.com.au 83
Cavity Filters
Resonant cavity filters are the building blocks of duplexers and many other multicoupler configurations. Individual cavities may be used for a variety of filtering and interference management applications. In addition, units may be cascaded to obtain a sum result of their individual characteristics, greatly expanding the configurations that can be designed and manufactured, and thereby catering for most customised design performance requirements RFI offers a range of quality cavity filters in Bandpass, Standard Notch, Series Notch®, Vari-Notch® and T-Pass® styles. A sampling of our standard product is shown in this catalogue, but we can supply product for most frequencies - from as low as 900KHz to over 2200MHz. If you require a cavity filter solution not shown in this catalogue, please do not hesitate to contact your local RFI sales office for further assistance.
84
The Quality
COARSE TUNING CONTROL CALIBRATED LOOPS
FINE TUNING CONTROL
¼” THICK END CAP, HELIARCED
AT HIGH CURRENT POINT INSTEAD OF POP RIVETTED
SILVER PLATED, HARDENED, COPPER CONTACT FINGERS, AND SILVER PLATED AT HIGH CURRENT AREA AT TOP NEAR END CAP
SILVER PLATED BRASS MOVABLE TUNING PROBES
1/10” SEAMLESS ALUMINIUM
PIPE WALL PASSIVATED WITH ALODINED FINISH
SEALED END CAP
•
The 6mm (1/4") thick top cap that is heliarced at the high current points means the elimination of unwanted noise - and the need for periodic retuning caused by poor metal-to-metal contact when pop rivets are used.
•
The 2.5mm (1/10") seamless aluminium pipe wall means that these cavities do not dent and detune as thin-walled copper types can. The non-corrosive passivated coating (alodine) is applied inside and outside the shell, unlike some others available on the market.
•
Erratic tuning problems, noise, high loss, degraded selectivity, and the extra repair labour incurred by the corrosion of tuning probe contacts is avoided through the use of quality silver plating.
•
Excessive tuning time is not incurred as most cavity sizes have both a coarse and fine tuning control as well as calibrated and easily adjustable loops.
•
Most cavity types can be easily reconfigured to other response styles, allowing future re-use in alternate designs or installations.
•
The bottom removable end cap means ease of access into the cavity should maintenance ever be required.
85
The Variety I.L.SETTING
0.3 db 1.6 db
VARI-NOTCH®
40 db
38 db
42 db
43 db 47 db
0.2 db
0.2 db
0.2 db
5dB div.
NOTCH
25 db
25 db
25 db I.L.SETTING
0.5 db
8.5 db
14 db
1.0 db 13.5 db 20.0 db
18.5 db
BANDPASS
22.5 db
Typical response characteristics for filter styles
Resonant cavity filters are the building blocks of duplexers and many types of multicouplers. However their use is not limited to these applications. They can be used to improve the performance of existing duplexers, to provide noise reduction on noisy transmitters, to improve receiver front-end selectivity, or for preventing intermodulation, desense, or overload problems. For more information on the use of the different styles of cavity filters, please refer to the Introduction to Cavity Filters in the Technical Support section of this catalogue. RFI offers an extensive range of cavity filter response types, cavity diameters, and wavelengths to suit all applications. In addition, our comprehensive product portfolio is supported with an extensive research and development, manufacturing, testing and commissioning capability. All of this means that RFI is capable of providing a multicoupling solution to suit almost any standard and customised requirements.
86
The Flexibility
The conversion assembly was developed with non-obsolescence in mind. Simply put, conversion assemblies are a variety of different but interchangeable coupling loop assemblies that allow the basic cavity resonator shell to operate in a number of filter response modes - thus providing an optimum filter response characteristic (curve) for almost any application. With this convertibility, any of the 168mm (6.625") or 254mm (10") cavities can be made to take on a Bandpass, Vari-Notch®, Series Notch®, or T-Pass® response.
VARI NOTCH®
T-Pass®
SERIES NOTCH®
BANDPASS
Conversion assemblies are not only interchangeable, they are also continuously adjustable within their range for various frequency separations - without the need for cumbersome tuning stubs. This flexibility allows RFI to solve many complex and unusual filtering and multicoupling challenges with relative ease. In addition, this offers cost savings allowing conversion of cavities to alternate configurations, quickly and cheaply.
This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.
If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here, please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!
Please note: Typical examples of performance response curves are included in the following cavity filters section of this catalogue. For specific curves not included in these pages please contact your nearest RFI sales office for assistance.
87
Cavity Filters 30-50 MHz • A range of response styles for different applications • Various sizes/wavelengths to suit performance requirements • Temperature compensated • Rugged, reliable construction • Can be cascaded to provide enhanced response characteristics
Ch1 dB -10
Ch1 dB -10
-20
-20
-30
-30
-40
1
-40 2
Ch2
2
Ch2
-60
-60
-70
-70
-80
-80
-90 Abs
-90 Abs Span 10.000 MHz
Span 5.000 MHz
Typical Response Curve - CV0405-0611-11 @1dB Insertion Loss
Frequency (MHz)
Size (mm / inch)
Typical Response Curve - CV0405-5611-11 @1MHz Tx-Rx Separation
Series Notch®
Vari-Notch®
Bandpass Low-Pass / Symmetrical
High-Pass / Narrow
Low-Pass
HighPass
30-40MHz
168 / 6.625
CV0304-0611-11
CV0304-2611-11
CV0304-1611-11
CV0304-5611-11
CV0304-4611-11
30-40MHz
254 / 10
CV0304-0111-11
CV0304-2111-11
CV0304-1111-11
CV0304-5111-11
CV0304-4111-11
38-50MHz
168 / 6.625
CV0405-0611-11
CV0405-2611-11
CV0405-1611-11
CV0405-5611-11
CV0405-4611-11
38-50MHz
254 / 10
CV0405-0111-11
CV0405-2111-11
CV0405-1111-11
CV0405-5111-11
CV0405-4111-11
Diameter (mm / inch)
Insertion loss
Wavelength
Power Rating (watts)
Impedance
168 / 6.625 and 254 / 10
0.5 - 3.0
¼
400 - varies with insertion loss setting
50 Ohms
www.rfi.com.au 88
Cavity Filters 66-88 MHz • A range of response styles for different applications • Temperature compensated • Rugged reliable construction • May be cascaded to provide enhanced characteristics • Peg rack and other mounting hardware available
Ch1 dB -10
Ch1 dB -10
-20
-20
1
-30
-30 1
-40
-40
2
Ch2
2
Ch2
-60
-60
-70
-70
-80
-80
-90 Abs
-90 Abs Span 5.000 MHz
Span 10.000 MHz
Typical Response Curve - CV0608-0111-11 @1dB Insertion Loss
Typical Response Curve - CV0608-5111-11 @1MHz Tx-Rx Separation
Series Notch® Frequency (MHz)
Size (mm / inch)
Vari-Notch®
Bandpass Low-Pass / Symmetrical
High-Pass / Narrow
Low-Pass
HighPass
66-88MHz
168 / 6.625
CV0608-0611-11
CV0608-2611-11
CV0608-1611-11
CV0608-5611-11
CV0608-4611-11
66-88MHz
254 / 10
CV0608-0111-11
CV0608-2111-11
CV0608-1111-11
CV0608-5111-11
CV0608-4111-11
Diameter (mm / inch)
Insertion loss
Wavelength
Power Rating (watts)
Impedance
168 / 6.625 and 254 / 10
0.5 - 3.0
¼
400 - varies with insertion loss setting
50 Ohms
www.rfi.com.au 89
Cavity Filters 88-108 MHz • Ideal for FM radio broadcast applications • A range of response styles for different applications • Temperature compensated • Rugged reliable construction • Can be cascaded to provide enhanced characteristics
Ch1 dB -10 -20
RFI use the superior TX RX brand of multicoupling components. TX RX cavity filters offer a unique heliarced construction that provides excellent performance and reliability - attributes essential in the FM Radio Broadcast environment.
-30 1
-40
2
Ch2 -60 -70 -80 -90 Abs Span 10.000 MHz
Typical Response Curve - CV0810-0611-11 @1dB Insertion Loss
Series Notch® Frequency (MHz)
Size (mm / inch)
Vari-Notch®
Bandpass Low-Pass / Symmetrical
High-Pass / Narrow
Low-Pass
HighPass
88-108MHz
168 / 6.625
CV0810-0611-11
CV0810-2611-11
CV0810-1611-11
CV0810-5611-11
CV0810-4611-11
88-108MHz
254 / 10
CV0810-0111-11
CV0810-2111-11
CV0810-1111-11
CV0810-5111-11
CV0810-4111-11
Diameter (mm / inch)
Insertion loss
Wavelength
Power Rating (watts)
Impedance
168 / 6.625 and 254 / 10
0.5 - 3.0
¼
400 - varies with insertion loss setting
50 Ohms
www.rfi.com.au 90
Cavity Filters 108-136 MHz • Suits international and domestic aviation bands • A range of response styles for different applications • Temperature compensated • Rugged reliable construction • Can be cascaded to provide enhanced characteristics
Ch1 dB -10
Ch1 dB -10 1
-20
-20
-30
-30
-40
-40 2
Ch2 -60
1 2
Ch2
2
-60
-70
-70
-80
-80
-90 Abs
-90 Abs
2
Span 5.000 MHz
Span 5.000 MHz
Typical Response Curve - CV1013-4611-11 @1MHz Tx-Rx Separation
Typical Response Curve - CV1013-5111-11 @1MHz Tx-Rx Separation
Series Notch® Frequency (MHz)
Size (mm / inch)
Vari-Notch®
Bandpass Low-Pass / Symmetrical
High-Pass / Narrow
Low-Pass
HighPass
108-136MHz
168 / 6.625
CV1013-0611-11
CV1013-2611-11
CV1013-1611-11
CV1013-5611-11
CV1013-4611-11
108-136MHz
254 / 10
CV1013-0111-11
CV1013-2111-11
CV1013-1111-11
CV1013-5111-11
CV1013-4111-11
Diameter (mm / inch)
Insertion loss
Wavelength
Power Rating (watts)
Impedance
168 / 6.625 and 254 / 10
0.5 - 3.0
¼
400 - varies with insertion loss setting
50 Ohms
www.rfi.com.au 91
Cavity Filters 132-174 MHz • Suits VHF, PMR, Data, Trunking and Paging applications • Suits analogue and digital technologies • A range of response styles for different applications • Temperature compensated • Rugged reliable construction • Can be cascaded to provide enhanced characteristics
Ch1 dB -10
RFI offer a range of cavity filters, isolators, duplexers, receivers multicouplers and the TX RX TPass® multicoupling technology to cover this emerging frequency band. Please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further information or assistance.
-20 1
-30 -40
2
Ch2 -60 -70 -80 -90 Abs Span 10.000 MHz
Typical Response Curve - CV1417-0411-11 @1dB Insertion Loss
Series-Notch® Frequency
Size(mm / inch)
Vari-Notch®
Bandpass Low-Pass /Symmetrical
High-Pass /Narrow
Low-Pass
High-Pass
132-150MHz
168 / 6.625
CV1315-0611-11
CV1315-2611-11
CV1315-1611-11
CV1315-5611-11
CV1315-4611-11
132-150MHz
254 / 10
CV1315-0111-11
CV1315-2111-11
CV1315-1111-11
CV1315-5111-11
CV1315-4111-11
132-150MHz
100 / 4
CV1315-0411-11
144-174MHz
168 / 6.625
CV1417-0611-11
CV1417-2611-11
CV1417-1611-11
CV1417-5611-11
CV1417-4611-11
144-174MHz
254 / 10
CV1417-0111-11
CV1417-2111-11
CV1417-1111-11
CV1417-5111-11
CV1417-4111-11
144-174MHz
100 / 4
CV1417-0411-11
Diameter(mm / inches)
Insertion Loss (dB)
See next page
See next page
Wavelength
Impedance
125 - varies with insertion loss setting
100 / 4 0.5 - 3.0 168 / 6.625 and 254 / 10
Power Rating(watts)
¼
50 Ohms 400 - varies with insertion loss setting
www.rfi.com.au 92
Cavity Filters 132-174 MHz
Ch1 dB -10 -20 1
-30 -40 2
Ch2
2
2
-60 -70 -80 -90 Abs
Span 5.000 MHz
Typical Response Curve - CV1315-5411-11 @1MHz Tx-Rx Separation
Vari-Notch® Frequency
Size(mm / inch)
Min. Sep. (MHz)
Insertion Loss
Power(watts) Low-Pass
High-Pass
132-150MHz
100 / 4
0.5
0.6 - 0.7
125
CV1315-5411-11
CV1315-4411-11
132-150MHz
100 / 4
1.0
0.4 - 0.5
125
CV1315-5412-11
CV1315-4412-11
132-150MHz
100 / 4
3.0
0.2
400
CV1315-5413-11
CV1315-4413-11
132-150MHz
50x50 / 2x2
1.5
0.6
50
CV1315-5211-11
CV1315-4211-11
132-150MHz
50x50 / 2x2
2.0
0.45
75
CV1315-5212-11
CV1315-4212-11
132-150MHz
50x50 / 2x2
4.0
0.3
100
CV1315-5213-11
CV1315-4213-11
Series Notch® 132-150MHz
50x50 / 2x2
2.0
0.3
100
CV1315-2211-11
CV1315-1211-11
132-150MHz
50x50 / 2x2
4.0
0.15
100
CV1315-2212-11
CV1315-1212-11
132-150MHz
33x33 / 1.3x1.3
2.0
0.45
30
CV1315-2311-11
CV1315-1311-11
132-150MHz
33x33 / 1.3x1.3
4.0
0.2
60
CV1315-2312-11
CV1315-1312-11
Vari-Notch® 144-174MHz
100 / 4
0.5
0.6 - 0.7
125
CV1417-5411-11
CV1417-4411-11
144-174MHz
100 / 4
1.0
0.4 - 0.5
125
CV1417-5412-11
CV1417-4412-11
144-174MHz
100 / 4
3.0
0.2
400
CV1417-5413-11
CV1417-4413-11
144-174MHz
100 / 4
3.0
0.5
400
CV1417-5414-11
CV1417-4414-11
144-174MHz
50x50 / 2x2
1.5
0.6
50
CV1417-5211-11
CV1417-4211-11
144-174MHz
50x50 / 2x2
2.0
0.45
75
CV1417-5212-11
CV1417-4212-11
144-174MHz
50x50 / 2x2
4.0
0.3
100
CV1417-5213-11
CV1417-4213-11
Series Notch® 144-174MHz
50x50 / 2x2
2.0
0.3
100
CV1417-2211-11
CV1417-1211-11
144-174MHz
50x50 / 2x2
4.0
0.15
100
CV1417-2212-11
CV1417-1212-11
144-174MHz
33x33 / 1.3x1.3
2.0
0.45
30
CV1417-2311-11
CV1417-1311-11
144-174MHz
33x33 / 1.3x1.3
4.0
0.2
60
CV1417-2312-11
CV1417-1312-11
www.rfi.com.au 93
Cavity Filters 168-250 MHz • Suits VHF, PMR, Data and Trunking applications • Suits analogue and digital technologies • A range of response styles for different applications • Temperature compensated • Rugged reliable construction • Can be cascaded to provide enhanced characteristics
Ch1 dB -10
RFI offer a range of cavity filters, isolators, duplexers, receivers multicouplers and the TX RX TPass® multicoupling technology to cover this emerging frequency band. Please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further information or assistance.
-20 -30
1
-40 2
Ch2 -60 -70 -80 -90 Abs Span 10.000 MHz
Typical Response Curve - CV1625-0611-11 @1dB Insertion Loss
Series-Notch® Frequency
Size(mm / inch)
168-250MHz
168 / 6.625
Vari-Notch®
Bandpass
CV1625-0611-11
Low-Pass /Symmetrical
High-Pass /Narrow
Low-Pass
High-Pass
CV1625-2611-11
CV1625-1611-11
CV1625-5611-11
CV1625-4611-11
Diameter(mm / inches)
Insertion Loss (dB)
Wavelength
Power Rating(watts)
Impedance
168 / 6.625
0.5 - 3.0
¼
400 - varies with insertion loss setting
50 Ohms
www.rfi.com.au 94
Cavity Filters 200-300 MHz • Suits VHF, PMR, Data and Trunking applications • Ideal for new 220MHz allocations • A range of response styles for different applications • Temperature compensated • Rugged reliable construction • Can be cascaded to provide enhanced characteristics
Ch1 dB -10
RFI offer a complete range of multicoupling products and accessories to support this emerging frequency band. Please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further information or assistance.
-20 -30
1
-40 2
Ch2 -60 -70 -80 -90 Abs Span 10.000 MHz
Typical Response Curve - CV2230-0611-11 @1dB Insertion Loss
Series-Notch® Frequency
Size(mm / inch)
Bandpass
215-275MHz
100 /4
CV2127-0411-11
220-300MHz
168 / 6.625
CV2230-0611-11
220-300MHz
254 / 10
CV2230-0111-11
Diameter(mm / inches)
Low-Pass /Symmetrical
Wavelength
0.5 - 3.0
¼
100 / 4 168 / 6.625 and 254 / 10
High-Pass /Narrow
Please contact RFI to discuss your requirements
Insertion Loss (dB)
Vari-Notch® Low-Pass
High-Pass
CV2127-4411-11
CV2127-4411-11
CV2230-4611-11
CV2230-4611-11
CV2230-4111-11
CV2230-4111-11
Power Rating(watts)
Impedance
125 - varies with insertion loss setting 50 Ohms 400 - varies with insertion loss setting
www.rfi.com.au 95
Cavity Filters 300-400 MHz • Suits UHF, PMR, Data and Trunking applications • Suits commercial and military bands • Ideal for analogue and digital technologies • Temperature compensated • Rugged reliable construction • Can be cascaded to provide enhanced characteristics
Ch1 dB -10 -20 -30
RFI offer the superior TX RX brand of multicoupling products to support this Military and emerging commercial frequency band. Please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further information or assistance.
1
-40 2
Ch2 -60 -70 -80 -90 Abs Span 10.000 MHz
Typical Response Curve - CV3040-0611-11 @1dB Insertion Loss
Series-Notch® Frequency
Size(mm / inch)
Bandpass
300-400MHz
100 /4
CV3040-0411-11
300-400MHz
168 / 6.625
CV3040-0611-11
300-400MHz
254 / 10
CV3040-0111-11
Diameter(mm / inches)
Low-Pass /Symmetrical
Wavelength
0.5 - 3.0
¼
100 / 4 168 / 6.625 and 254 / 10
High-Pass /Narrow
Please contact RFI to Discuss your requirements
Insertion Loss (dB)
Vari-Notch® Low-Pass
High-Pass
CV3040-5411-11
CV3040-4411-11
CV3040-5611-11
CV3040-4611-11
CV3040-5111-11
CV3040-4111-11
Power Rating(watts)
Impedance
125 - varies with insertion loss setting 50 Ohms 400 - varies with insertion loss setting
www.rfi.com.au 96
Cavity Filters 380-550 MHz • Suits UHF, PMR, Data and Trunking applications • Ideal for analogue and digital technologies • A range of response styles for different applications • Temperature compensated • Rugged reliable construction • Can be cascaded to provide enhanced characteristics
Ch1 dB -10
RFI offer a comprehensive range of products and services to support this frequency band. Our unique offering to the marketplace enables us to provide the right solution for any system requirement. Please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further information or assistance.
-20 1
-30 -40
2
Ch2 -60 -70 -80 -90 Abs Span 10.000 MHz
Typical Response Curve - CV4055-0611-11 @1dB Insertion Loss
Series-Notch® Frequency
Size(mm / inch)
Bandpass
Low-Pass /Symmetrical
Vari-Notch®
High-Pass /Narrow
Low-Pass
High-Pass
400-520MHz
100 /4
CV4052-0411-11
400-550MHz
168 / 6.625
CV4055-0611-11
CV4055-2611-11
CV4055-1611-11
CV4055-5611-11
CV4055-4611-11
400-530MHz
254 / 10
CV4053-0111-11
CV4053-2111-11
CV4053-1111-11
CV4053-5111-11
CV4053-4111-11
Diameter(mm / inches)
See next page
Insertion Loss (dB)
Wavelength
0.5 - 3.0
¼
100 / 4 168 / 6.625 and 254 / 10
Power Rating(watts)
Impedance
125 - varies with insertion loss setting 50 Ohms 400 - varies with insertion loss setting
www.rfi.com.au 97
Cavity Filters 400-530 MHz
Ch1 dB -10
RFI offer a comprehensive range of multicoupling products and supporting services for this popular analogue and digital technology frequency band. Please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further information or assistance.
1
-20 2 -30 -40 2
Ch2
2
-60 -70 -80 -90 Abs Span 5.000 MHz
Typical Response Curve - CV4053-5631-11 @1MHz Tx-Rx Separation
Series-Notch® Frequency
Size(mm / inch)
Bandpass
Vari-Notch®
Low-Pass /Symmetrical
High-Pass /Narrow
Low-Pass
High-Pass
400-530MHz
168 / 6.625
CV4053-0631-11
CV4053-2631-11
CV4053-1631-11
CV4053-5631-11
CV4053-4631-11
400-530MHz
254 / 10
CV4053-0131-11
CV4053-2131-11
CV4053-1131-11
CV4053-5131-11
CV4053-4131-11
Diameter(mm / inches)
Insertion Loss (dB)
Wavelength
Power Rating(watts)
Impedance
168 / 6.625 and 254 / 10
0.5 - 3.0
¾
400 - varies with insertion loss setting
50 Ohms
Ch1 dB -10
Ch1 dB -10
-20
-20
1
1 -30
-30
2
-40
-40 Ch2
2
Ch2
2
-60
-60
-70
-70
-80
-80
-90 Abs
-90 Abs Span 5.000 MHz
Span 10.000 MHz
Typical Response Curve - CV4042-5412-11 @1MHz Tx-Rx Separation
Typical Response Curve - CV4052-0411-11 @1dB Insertion Loss
Vari-Notch® Frequency
Size(mm / inch)
Min. Sep. (MHz)
Insertion Loss
Power(watts) Low-Pass
High-Pass
400-420MHz
100 / 4
1.5
0.2
350
CV4042-5411-11
CV4042-4411-11
400-420MHz
100 / 4
0.75
0.4
250
CV4042-5412-11
CV4052-4412-11
450-480MHz
100 / 4
1.5
0.2
350
CV4548-5411-11
CV4548-4411-11
450-480MHz
100 / 4
0.75
0.4
250
CV4548-5412-11
CV4548-4412-11
480-520MHz
100 / 4
1.5
0.2
350
CV4852-5411-11
CV4852-4411-11
480-520MHz
100 / 4
0.75
0.4
250
CV4852-5412-11
CV4852-4412-11
400-420MHz
31x50 / 1.25x2
4.5
0.4
100
CV4020-5413-11
450-470MHz
31x50 / 1.25x2
5.0
0.4
100
CV4547-5413-11
470-490MHz
31x50 / 1.25x2
3.0
0.45
100
CV4749-5413-11
490-530MHz
31x50 / 1.25x2
3.0
0.45
100
CV4953-5413-11 Series Notch®
400-520MHz
100 / 4
1.2
0.6
125
CV4052-2411-11
CV4052-1411-11
www.rfi.com.au 98
Cavity Filters 740-1000 MHz • Suits PMR, Data and Trunking applications • A range of response styles for different applications • Special high powered models also available • Ideal for analogue and digital technologies • Rugged reliable construction • Can be cascaded to provide enhanced characteristics
Ch1 dB -10
RFI offer a comprehensive range of multicoupling products and supporting services for this popular analogue and digital technology frequency band. Please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further information or assistance.
1
-20 -30 -40
2 2
Ch2 -60 -70 -80 -90 Abs Span 5.000 MHz
Typical Response Curve - CV8010-5611-11 @1MHz Tx-Rx Separation
Series-Notch® Frequency
Size(mm / inch)
Bandpass
Vari-Notch®
Low-Pass /Symmetrical
High-Pass /Narrow
Low-Pass
High-Pass
800-1000MHz
100 /4
CV8010-0411-11
CV8010-2411-11
CV8010-1411-11
See Below
740-870MHz
168 / 6.625
CV7487-0611-11
CV7487-2611-11
CV7487-1611-11
CV7487-5611-11
CV7487-4611-11
800-1000MHz
168 / 6.625
CV8010-0611-11
CV8010-2611-11
CV8010-1611-11
CV8010-5611-11
CV8010-4611-11
920-960MHz
150 / 5.875
CV9296-0511-11
-
-
-
-
Frequency
Size(mm / inch)
Min. Sep. (MHz)
Insertion Loss
Power(watts)
Vari-Notch® Low-Pass
High-Pass
800-866MHz
100 / 4
2.5
0.2-0.4
125
CV8086-5411-11
CV8086-4411-11
890-1000MHz
100 / 4
2.5
0.2-0.4
125
CV8910-5411-11
CV8910-4412-11
Diameter(mm / inches)
Insertion Loss (dB)
Wavelength
100 / 4 168 / 6.625 150 / 5.875
Power Rating(watts)
Impedance
125 - varies with insertion loss setting 0.5 - 3.0
¾
400 - varies with insertion loss setting
50 Ohms
500 - varies with insertion loss setting
www.rfi.com.au 99
Cavity Filters 1215-1300 MHz
Ch1 dB -10
1
-20 -30
2
-40 2
Ch2 -60 -70 -80 -90 Abs Span 15.000 MHz
Typical Response Curve - CV1200-5431-11 @3MHz Tx-Rx Separation
Vari-Notch® Frequency
Size(mm / inch)
1215-1300MHz
Min. Sep. (MHz)
100 / 4
Insertion Loss
2.5
Power(watts)
0.2-0.4
125
Low-Pass
High-Pass
CV1200-5431-11
CV1200-4431-11
Need a Cavity Filter for a frequency not shown here? The models of cavities represented in this catalogue are a sampling of our standard product range. RFI can also supply other cavity filter products in the extended range of 900KHz through to 2200MHz. For further information on this extended range, or for information on a variant that you cannot find in these pages, please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance.
A Note about Cavity Filter Input Power Ratings The ability of a cavity to handle RF input power is primarily determined by the insertion loss setting of the cavity. The table below is a guide to the maximum recommended input power limits that should be taken into consideration within a filtering system design.
Typical Power Ratings vs Insertion Loss Settings Diameter(mm / inches)
Insertion Loss 0.2dB
0.5dB
1.0dB
1.5dB
2.0dB
2.5dB
3.0dB
31x50 / 1.25x2
-
100 watts
-
-
-
-
-
33x33 / 1.3x1.3
60 watts
30 watts
-
-
-
-
-
50x50 / 2x2
100 watts
75 watts
50 watts
-
-
-
-
100 / 4
350 watts
125 watts
65 watts
45 watts
36 watts
32 watts
27 watts
168 / 6.625
N/A
400 watts
210 watts
150 watts
120 watts
105 watts
90 watts
254 / 10
N/A
400 watts
210 watts
150 watts
120 watts
105 watts
90 watts
www.rfi.com.au 100
Cavity Accessories
Cavity Filter Loop Assemblies RFI provide a range of replacement cavity loop assemblies for the maintenance of our various cavity filter styles and sizes. In addition, these loops can be purchased to facilitate the re-configuration and re-use of spare cavities into other applications. Loops for other specialised applications are also available. Please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance. Loops
Cavity Filter Response Style Freq.
Filter Size Bandpass
Vari-Notch®Low Pass
Vari-Notch® High Pass
Series Notch® Low Pass
Series Notch® High Pass
T-Pass®
30-40
168mm (6”) / 254mm (10”)
CL0304-0611-00
CL0304-4611-00
CL0304-5611-00
CL0304-2611-00
CL0304-1611-00
See Note
38-50
168mm (6”) / 254mm (10”)
CL0405-0611-00
CL0405-4611-00
CL0405-5611-00
CL0405-2611-00
CL0405-1611-00
See Note
50-60
168mm (6”) / 254mm (10”)
CL0506-0611-00
CL0506-4611-00
CL0506-5611-00
CL0506-2611-00
CL0506-1611-00
See Note
66-88
168mm (6”) / 254mm (10”)
CL0608-0611-00
CL0608-4611-00
CL0608-5611-00
CL0608-2611-00
CL0608-1611-00
CL0608-7611-00
88-108
168mm (6”) / 254mm (10”)
CL0810-0611-00
CL0810-4611-00
CL0810-5611-00
CL0810-2611-00
CL0810-1611-00
CL0810-7611-00
108-136
168mm (6”) / 254mm (10”)
CL1013-0611-00
CL1013-4611-00
CL1013-5611-00
CL1013-2611-00
CL1013-1611-00
CL1013-7611-00
132-150
100mm 4 in
CL1315-0411-00
CL1315-4411-00
CL1315-5411-00
CL1315-2411-00
CL1315-1411-00
See Note
132-150
168mm (6”) / 254mm (10”)
CL1315-0611-00
CL1315-4611-00
CL1315-5611-00
CL1315-2611-00
CL1315-1611-00
CL1315-7611-00
144-174
100mm 4 in
CL1417-0411-00
CL1417-4411-00
CL1417-5411-00
CL1417-2411-00
CL1417-1411-00
See Note
144-174
168mm (6”) / 254mm (10”)
CL1417-0611-00
CL1417-4611-00
CL1417-5611-00
CL1417-2611-00
CL1417-1611-00
CL1417-7611-00
168-250
168mm (6”) / 254mm (10”)
CL1625-0611-00
See Note
See Note
See Note
See Note
CL1625-7611-00
215-275
100mm 4 in
CL2175-0411-00
CL2175-4411-00
CL2175-5411-00
See Note
See Note
See Note
300-400
168mm (6”) / 254mm (10”)
CL3040-0611-00
See Note
See Note
See Note
See Note
CL3040-7611-00
400-540
100mm 4 in
CL4054-0411-00
CL4054-4411-00
CL4054-5411-00
CL4054-2411-00
CL4054-1411-00
See Note
400-540
168mm (6”) / 254mm (10”)
CL4054-0611-00
CL4054-4611-00
CL4054-5611-00
CL4054-2611-00
CL4054-1611-00
CL4054-7611-00
740-870
168mm (6”) / 254mm (10”)
CL7487-0611-00
CL7487-4611-00
CL7487-5611-00
CL7487-2611-00
CL7487-1611-00
CL7487-7611-00
800-1000
100mm 4 in
CL8010-0411-00
CL8010-4411-00
CL8010-5411-00
CL8010-2411-00
CL8010-1411-00
See Note
800-1000
168mm (6”) / 254mm (10”)
CL8010-0611-00
CL8010-4611-00
CL8010-5611-00
CL8010-2611-00
CL8010-1611-00
CL8010-7611-00
1215-1300
100mm 4 in
CL1200-0411-00
CL1200-4411-00
CL1200-5411-00
See Note
See Note
See Note
Notes: Please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further details on these items.
www.rfi.com.au 101
Cavity Mechanics
C B A
DIA
Mechanical Length (mm/inches)
Diameter (mm/inches)
"A"
"B"
"C"
¼
168 / 6.625
2620 / 103
2720 / 107
¼
254 / 10
2670 / 105
2770/ 109
¼
168 / 6.625
2085 / 82
¼
254 / 10
2135 / 84
50-60MHz
¼
168 / 6.625
66-88MHz
¼
Frequency Band
Weight (kg/lb)
Connectors
3350 / 132
23 / 50
N female
3400 / 134
31 / 68
N female
2185 / 86
2565 / 101
20 / 44
N female
2235 / 88
2615 / 103
27 / 58
N female
Contact RFI
Contact RFI
Contact RFI
Contact RFI
N female
168 / 6.625
1245 / 49
1345 / 53
1650 / 65
13 / 28
N female
¼
254 / 10
1295 / 51
1400 / 55
1700 / 67
18 / 39
N female
¼
168 / 6.625
915 / 36
1015 / 40
1195 / 47
10 / 21
N female
¼
254 / 10
1015 / 40
1118 / 44
1295 / 51
14 / 34
N female
¼
168 / 6.625
815 / 32
915 / 36
1070 / 42
9 / 20
N female
¼
254 / 10
865 / 34
965 / 38
1120 / 44
12 / 27
N female
¼
100 / 4
419 / 16.5
476 / 18.75
546 / 21.5
Contact RFI
BNC female
¼
168 / 6.625
660 / 26
790 / 31
865 / 34
7.7 / 17
N female
¼
254 / 10
715 / 28
815 / 32
965 / 38
12 / 27
N female
¼
100 / 4
381 / 15
438 / 17.25
508 / 20
Contact RFI
BNC female
¼
168 / 6.625
610 / 24
740 / 29
825 / 32.5
7.2 / 16
N female
¼
254 / 10
660 / 26
790 / 31
865 / 34
9.5 / 21
N female
168-250MHz
¼
168 / 6.625
Contact RFI
Contact RFI
Contact RFI
Contact RFI
N female
174-200MHz
¼
100 / 4
Contact RFI
Contact RFI
Contact RFI
Contact RFI
BNC female
200-300MHz
¼
100 / 4
381 / 15
438 / 17.25
483 / 19
Contact RFI
BNC female
¼
168 / 6.625
430 / 17
530 / 21
630 / 25
Contact RFI
N female
¼
254 / 10
455 / 18
555 / 22
655 / 26
Contact RFI
N female
¼
168 / 6.625
360 / 14
460 / 18
535 / 21
Contact RFI
N female
¼
254 / 10
385 / 15
485 / 19
560 / 22
Contact RFI
N female
¼
100 / 4
229 / 9
298 / 11.75
337 / 13.25
1.8 / 4
BNC female
¼
168 / 6.625
295 / 11.5
370 / 14.5
445 / 17.5
3.6 / 8
N female
¼
254 / 10
320 / 12.5
395 / 15.5
470 / 18.5
7.7 / 17
N female
¾
168 / 6.625
610 / 24
737 / 29
826 / 32.5
5 / 11
N female
¾
254 / 10
660 / 26
787 / 31
863 / 34
10 / 22
N female
740-870MHz
¾
168 / 6.625
150 / 6
200 / 8
225 / 9
3.6 / 8
N female
800-1000MHz
¾
100 / 4
165 / 6.5
223 / 8.75
248 / 9.75
1.3 / 3
BNC female
¾
168 / 6.625
150 / 6
200 / 8
225 / 9
3.6 / 8
N female
1¼
168 / 6.625
Contact RFI
Contact RFI
Contact RFI
4.2 / 9.25
N female
¾
100 / 4
Contact RFI
Contact RFI
Contact RFI
1.3 / 3
BNC female
30-40MHz
38-50MHz
88-108MHz
108-136MHz
132-150MHz
144-174MHz
300-400MHz
400-550MHz
1215-1300MHz
Wavelength
www.rfi.com.au 102
Duplexers
RFI can supply a diverse range of standard and customised duplexer models for wireless systems applications. We provide duplexers to suit both analogue and digital technologies. Our range includes bandpass, pseudo-bandpass, notch, Vari-Notch®, and combination-response styles, with a variety of performance characteristics, sizes, and mounting configurations available. A sampling of our range is presented in the following catalogue pages and our extensive product portfolio coupled with a comprehensive in-house engineering design, manufacturing and testing capability ensures that we can provide you with a duplexer solution to suit most installation requirements from 30MHz to 3.6GHz and beyond. If you cannot find what you need within these pages, we encourage you to contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance.
103
Duplexers 66-88 MHz Notch These models feature low insertion loss, high symmetrical isolation and excellent stability - all in a small and mechanically robust package. These duplexers comprise extruded aluminium resonators and integral intercabling that ensure excellent mechanical and electrical stability. Temperature compensation is achieved through superior cavity design and the careful selection of construction materials. These duplexers are supplied as a compact high-performance notchonly style, ideally suited to installations at uncongested communications sites. Their small size is also ideally suited for mobile installations and telemetry applications.
DP0607-3161-18 0
• Ideal for VHF repeaters on low density sites
-10
• Small size for mobile and telemetry applications
-30
-20
-40
• Excellent Isolation
-50 -60
• Convenient mounting
-70 -80 -90
-5
fo
+5
Typical Response Curve - DP0607-3161-18
Electrical Model
Frequency (MHz)
DP0607-3161-18
66-77
DP0708-3161-18
77-88
Min. Freq Separation
Insertion Loss
Isolation
Power Rating (watts)
Temp.
Imped.
2.5MHz
<1.5dB
>72dB
50
-20 to +60ºC -4 to +140ºF
50 Ohms
Weight (kg/lb)
Connectors
Temperature
0.75 / 1.65
BNC female
-20 to +60ºC -4 to +140ºF
Mechanical Dimensions (mm/inches) Model
DP0607-3161-18 DP0708-3161-18
Construction
Painted aluminium
H
W
D
32 / 1.25
154 / 6
112 / 4.4
www.rfi.com.au 104
Duplexers 66-88 MHz Notch This duplexer offers very high performance specifications and suits applications requiring excellent isolation at high transmit power levels. This model comprises six (6) resonators coupled together in a notchnotch configuration featuring low insertion loss and high port-to-port isolation. With their independently tunable pass and notch frequencies, these duplexers are easy to tune in the field over a broad frequency range. The resonators are constructed from extruded hardened aluminium that is not easily deformed. Excellent tuning stability is therefore maintained across the guaranteed extended temperature range. In addition, the passivated chromatic conversion coating (Alodine) provides excellent corrosion protection. The six helical resonators are mounted on a 483mm (19") wide rack panel, in a compact configuration suited to installations where space is limited. They can be mounted on the front or rear rails of 19inch cabinets for added flexibility.
DP0607-3261-51 0 -10 -20 -30 -40 -50 -60
• Ideal for VHF repeaters
-70
• Compact size
-90
-80
-5
• Excellent Isolation
fo
+5
Typical Response Curve - DP0607-3261-51
• Other mounting styles available
Electrical Model
Frequency (MHz)
DP0607-3261-51
66-77
DP0708-3261-51
75-88
Min. Freq Separation
Insertion Loss
Isolation
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
2.5MHz
1.0dB (typ.)
100dB
125
50 Ohms
Weight (kg/lb)
Connectors
Temperature
5.5 / 12
Ports BNC female Antenna N female
-40 to +80ºC -40 to +176ºF
Mechanical Dimensions (mm/inches) Model
DP0607-3261-51 DP0708-3261-51
Construction
Alodined aluminium with silver plated tuning elements
H
W
D
92 / 3.6
482 / 19
262 / 10.3
www.rfi.com.au 105
Duplexers 66-88 MHz BandPass (T-Pass®) This duplexer is ideal for VHF repeater base station applications on congested sites. This model comprises four (4) cavity filters with both coarse and fine tuning controls, coupled together in a bandpass configuration using T-Pass® loops and therefore offers the added flexibility of future channel expansion - in addition to rejecting unwanted frequencies outside its pass band. The T-Pass® design also provides a high RF input power capability. This duplexer is made from resonators constructed from extruded hardened aluminium that is not easily deformed. Excellent tuning stability is therefore maintained across the guaranteed extended temperature range. The passivated chromatic conversion coating (Alodine) provides excellent corrosion protection.
• Expandable (uses T-Pass® technology) • Ideal for VHF Repeaters on high density sites • Bandpass response offers high “out of band” rejection
DP0608-7641-41
• High input power rating
Electrical Model
Frequency (MHz)
Min. Freq Separation
Insertion Loss
Isolation
Power Rating (watts)
Temp.
Imped.
DP0608-7641-41
66-88
2.0MHz
1.35dB
57dB
400
-40 to +80ºC -40 to +176ºF
50 Ohms
Mechanical Dimensions (mm/inches) Model
DP0608-7641-41
Construction
Alodined aluminium with silver plated tuning elements
H
W
D
1675 / 66
482 / 19
+7.5 / 190 -7.5 / 190
Weight (kg/lb)
Connectors
54.5 / 120
N female
www.rfi.com.au 106
Duplexers 66-88 MHz BandPass / Notch This duplexer is a combination bandpass/notch style in a costefficient arrangement that offers excellent performance in a conveniently sized package. It is ideal for VHF repeater base station applications on congested sites. This model comprises two (2) bandpass cavity filters with both coarse and fine tuning controls with a small 50mm (2") helical notch resonator in each branch of the unit. An added feature of this unit is that it utilises T-Pass® loops and therefore offers the added flexibility of future channel expansion - eliminating the need for additional antennas, cabling and associated costs. The unit is mounted on flush-style 483mm (19") rack or wall mount brackets.Bandpass cavities are made from extruded hardened aluminium that is not easily deformed. Excellent tuning stability is therefore maintained across the guaranteed extended temperature range. The passivated chromatic conversion coating (Alodine) provides excellent corrosion protection.
• Suits high density sites
DP0608-8641-31
• Ideal for VHF repeaters
0 -10
• Excellent Tx/Rx isolation
-20 -30
• Compact package
-40 -50 -60 -70 -80 -90
-10
fo
+10
Typical Response Curve - DP0608-8641-31
Electrical Model
Frequency (MHz)
Min. Freq Separation
Insertion Loss
Isolation
Power Rating (watts)
Temp.
Imped.
DP0608-8641-31
66-88
2.0MHz
1.9dB
70dB
100
-30 to +80ºC -22 to +176ºF
50 Ohms
Mechanical Dimensions (mm/inches) Model
DP0608-8641-31
W
D
Weight (kg/lb)
Connectors
H 1675 / 66
483 / 19
290 / 11.4
54.5 / 120
Tx/Rx ports BNC female Antenna port N female
Construction
Alodined aluminium with silver plated tuning elements
www.rfi.com.au 107
Duplexers 66-88 MHz Vari-Notch® This duplexer is ideal for VHF repeater base station applications on RF-congested sites. This model comprises four (4) cavity filters, with both coarse and fine tuning controls, coupled together in a Vari-Notch® configuration, and therefore offers a pseudo-bandpass response. This model provides the benefits of both bandpass and notch response styles. The Vari-Notch® design also provides a high RF input power capability, high port-to-port isolation, bandpass characteristics and the ability to cater for narrow frequency separations. This duplexer is made from cavities constructed from extruded hardened aluminium that is not easily deformed. Excellent tuning stability is therefore maintained across the guaranteed extended temperature range. The passivated chromatic conversion coating (Alodine) provides excellent corrosion protection.
• Suits RF congested sites
DP0608-3641-41
• Ideal for VHF repeaters 0
• Excellent isolation
-10
• High input power rating
-30
-20
-40
• Various mounting styles available
-50 -60 -70 -80 -90
-1.0
fo
+1.0
Typical Response Curve - DP0608-3641-41
Electrical Model
Frequency (MHz)
Min. Freq Separation
Insertion Loss
Isolation
Power Rating (watts)
Temp.
Imped.
DP0608-3641-41
66-88
0.35MHz
1.5dB
>87dB
400
-40 to +80ºC -40 to +176ºF
50 Ohms
Mechanical Dimensions (mm/inches) Model
DP0608-3641-41
Construction
Alodined aluminium with silver plated tuning elements
H
W
D
1675 / 66
482 / 19
+7.5 / 190 -7.5 / 190
Weight (kg/lb)
Connectors
54.5 / 120
N female
www.rfi.com.au 108
Duplexers 108-136 MHz BandPass (T-Pass®) This duplexer is ideal for VHF repeater base station applications. This model comprises four (4) cavity filters with both coarse and fine tuning controls coupled together in a bandpass configuration using T-Pass® loops and therefore offers the added flexibility of future channel expansion - in addition to rejecting unwanted frequencies outside its pass band. The T-Pass® design also provides a high RF input power capability. This duplexer is made from cavities constructed from extruded hardened aluminium that is not easily deformed. Excellent tuning stability is therefore maintained across the guaranteed extended temperature range. The passivated chromatic conversion coating (Alodine) provides excellent corrosion protection.
• Expandable (uses T-Pass® technology) • High input power rating DP1013-7641-41
• Bandpass response provides high out-of-band rejection • Various mounting styles available
Electrical Model
Frequency (MHz)
Min. Freq Separation
Insertion Loss
Isolation
Power Rating (watts)
Temperature
Imped.
DP1013-7641-41
108-136
4.0MHz
1.35dB
57dB
400
-40 to +80ºC -40 to +176 ºF
50 Ohms
Mechanical Dimensions (mm/inches) Model
DP1013-7641-41
Construction Alodined aluminium with silver plated tuning elements
H
W
D
1220/ 48
482 / 19
+7.5 / 190 -7.5 / 190
Weight (kg/lb)
Connectors
27 / 59.4
N female
www.rfi.com.au 109
Duplexers 132-174 MHz Notch This duplexer is a compact high performance notch-only style duplexer, ideally suited to installations at uncongested communications sites. It features low insertion loss, high symmetrical isolation and excellent stability - all in a small and robust package. Many other models are available with customised Tx-Rx frequency separations to suit specific applications. Please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance. These duplexers comprise of extruded aluminium resonators that ensure excellent mechanical and electrical stability. Temperature compensation is achieved through superior cavity design and the careful selection of construction materials.
DP1415-3161-18 0 -10
• Suits low density sites
-20 -30
• Ideal for mobile applications
-40
• Excellent isolation
-60
-50
-70
• Convenient mounting style
-80 -90
-25
fo
+25
Typical Response Curve - DP1415-3161-18
Electrical Model
Frequency (MHz)
DP1415-3161-18
148-157
DP1517-3161-18
157-174
DP1517-3162-18
150-174
Min. Freq Separation
Insertion Loss
Isolation
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
<1.5dB
>72dB
50
50 Ohms
Weight (kg/lb)
Connectors
Temperature
0.6/1.32
BNC female
-20 to +60ºC -4 to +140ºF
4.6MHz 21MHz
Mechanical Dimensions (mm/inches) Model
All Models
Construction
Painted aluminium
H
W
D
32 / 1.25
154 / 6
97 / 3.8
www.rfi.com.au 110
Duplexers 132-174 MHz Pseudo BandPass This duplexer is ideal for typical analogue and digital VHF repeater base station applications. It offers excellent insertion loss, isolation and power rating characteristics in a space-efficient package. This model comprises four (4) helical resonator filters coupled together in a pseudo-bandpass configuration offering low insertion loss and high port-to-port isolation in an optimised design offering a combination of pseudo-passband selectivity and space-efficient physical dimensions. This duplexer is made from resonators constructed from extruded hardened aluminium that is not easily deformed. Excellent tuning stability is therefore maintained across the guaranteed extended temperature range. The passivated chromatic conversion coating (Alodine) provides excellent corrosion protection.
DP1417-6241-51 0 -10 -20 -30 -40
• Ideal for high density sites
-50 -60
• Excellent performance
-70
• Compact package
-90
-80
• Other mounting styles available
-10
fo
+10
Typical Response Curve - DP1417-6241-51
Electrical Model
Frequency (MHz)
DP1315-6241-51
132-150
DP1417-6241-51
144-174
Min. Freq Separation
Insertion Loss
Isolation
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
4.5MHz
0.9dB
>70dB
100
50 Ohms
Mechanical Model
All Models
Construction Alodined aluminium with silver plated tuning elements
Dimensions (mm/inches) H
W
D
134 / 5.25
482 / 19
185 / 7.25
Weight (kg/lb)
Connectors
Temperature
4.5 / 10
TX RX ports BNC female Antenna N female
-40 to +80ºC -40 to +176ºF
www.rfi.com.au 111
Duplexers 132-174 MHz Pseudo BandPass/Notch This duplexer offers high performance specifications and suits analogue and digital applications requiring more stringent performance characteristics than the four (4) cavity model - and with the same quality of design and construction. This model comprises six (6) helical resonator filters coupled together in a pseudo-bandpass/notch configuration offering low insertion loss and high port-to-port isolation in an optimised design offering a combination of pseudo bandpass selectivity, notch rejection, and space-efficient physical dimensions. This duplexer is made from resonators constructed from extruded hardened aluminium that is not easily deformed. Excellent tuning stability is therefore maintained across the guaranteed extended temperature range. The passivated chromatic conversion coating (Alodine) provides excellent corrosion protection.
DP1315-9261-51 0 -10 -20 -30 -40 -50
• Suits very close Tx-Rx separations
-60 -70
• Ideal for high density sites
-80 -90
• Excellent performance
-5
fo
+5
Typical Response Curve - DP1315-9261-51 @ 2.5MHz separation
• Compact package • Other mounting styles available
Electrical Model
Frequency (MHz)
DP1315-9261-51
132-150
DP1417-9261-51
144-174
Min. Freq Separation
Insertion Loss
Isolation
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
1.5MHz
1.4 - 2.2dB
90dB typ.
125
50 Ohms
Mechanical Model
All Models
Construction
Alodined aluminium with silver plated tuning elements
Dimensions (mm/inches) H
W
D
134 / 5.25
482 / 19
185 / 7.25
Weight (kg/lb)
Connectors
Temperature
4.5 / 10
Ports BNC female Antenna N female
-40 to +80ºC -40 to +176ºF
www.rfi.com.au 112
Duplexers 132-174 MHz Vari Notch® These duplexers are ideal for analogue and digital VHF repeater base station applications. This model comprises four (4) cavity filters coupled together in a VariNotch® configuration and offers a pseudo-bandpass response with high RF input power capability, high port-to-port isolation and the ability to cater for narrow frequency separations. These duplexers are made from resonators constructed from extruded hardened aluminium that is not easily deformed. Excellent tuning stability is therefore maintained across the guaranteed extended temperature range. The passivated chromatic conversion coating (Alodine) provides excellent corrosion protection. These units are supplied on a 3RU rack mount shelf. Other mounting styles are available on request.
DP1317-3441-31 0 -10 -20 -30 -40 -50
• Suits analogue and digital technologies
-60 -70
• Ideal for high density sites
-80 -90
• High input power capability
-0.8
• Super performance
fo
+0.8
Typical Response Curve - DP1315-3641-41 @ 0.6MHz Separation
• Various mounting styles available
Electrical Model
Frequency (MHz)
Min. Freq Separation
Insertion Loss
Isolation
Power Rating (watts)
DP1317-3441-31
132-174
0.5MHz
1.8dB
65dB
125
DP1417-3441-31
144-174
1.0MHz
1.2dB
75dB
125
DP1315-3641-41
132-150
DP1417-3641-41
144-174
Imped.
50 Ohms 0.6MHz
1.5dB
>85dB
400
Mechanical Model DP1317-3441-31 DP1417-3441-31 DP1315-3641-41 DP1417-3641-41
Dimensions (mm/inches)
Construction Alodined aluminium with silver plated tuning elements
Weight (kg/lb)
H
W
D
134 / 5.25
482 / 19
500 / 19.7
10 / 22
915 / 33
482 / 19
+191 / 7.5 -191 / 7.5
23 / 50
Connectors
Temperature
N female
-40 to +80ºC -40 to +176ºF
www.rfi.com.au 113
Duplexers 132-174 MHz BandPass (T-Pass®) This duplexer is ideal for VHF repeater base station applications. This model comprises four (4) cavity filters with both coarse and fine tuning controls coupled together in a bandpass configuration using T-Pass® loops offering the added flexibility of future channel expansion - in addition to rejecting unwanted frequencies outside its pass band. The T-Pass® design also provides a high RF input power capability. This duplexer is made from cavities constructed from extruded hardened aluminium that is not easily deformed. Excellent tuning stability is therefore maintained across the guaranteed extended temperature range. The passivated chromatic conversion coating (Alodine) provides excellent corrosion protection.
• Expandable (uses T-Pass® technology) • High input power rating • Excellent out-of-band rejection DP1417-7641-51
• Various mounting styles available
Electrical Model No.
Frequency (MHz)
DP1315-7641-51
132-150
DP1417-7641-51
144-174
Min Frequency Separation
Insertion Loss @ Fo (dB)
Isolation
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
3.0MHz
1.35dB
57dB
400
50 Ohms
Weight (Kg / Ib)
Connectors
Temperature
22.7 / 50
N female
-40 to +80ºC -40 to +176ºF
Mechanical Size -(mm / inches) Model No.
DP1315-7641-51 DP1417-7641-51
Construction
Alodined aluminium with silver plated tuning elements
H
W
D
838 / 33
482 / 19
+7.5 / 190 -7.5 / 190
www.rfi.com.au 114
Duplexers 215-275 MHz Vari Notch® This duplexer is ideal for repeater base station applications. It offers higher performance specifications and suits applications requiring stringent performance characteristics. This model comprises four (4) cavity filters coupled together in a VariNotch® configuration offering low insertion loss and high port-to-port isolation. This optimised design delivers a combination of passband selectivity, rejection and space-efficient physical dimensions. This duplexer is made from resonators constructed from extruded hardened aluminium that is not easily deformed. Excellent tuning stability is therefore maintained across the guaranteed temperature range. The passivated chromatic conversion coating (Alodine) provides excellent corrosion protection.
DP2127-3441-31 0 -10 -20 -30
• Ideal for high density sites
-40 -50
• High input power capability
-60
• Excellent isolation
-70
• Various mounting styles available
-90
-80
-2
fo
+2
Typical Response Curve - DP2127-3441-31
Electrical Model
Frequency (MHz)
Min. Freq Separation
Insertion Loss
Isolation
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
DP2127-3441-31
215-275
1.6MHz
1.2dB
>80dB
250
50 Ohms
Mechanical Model
DP2127-3441-31
Dimensions (mm/inches)
Construction Alodined aluminium with silver plated tuning elements
H
W
D
134 / 5.25
482 / 19
400 / 15.75
Weight (kg/lb)
Connectors
Temperature
500 / 19.7
N female
-40 to +80ºC -40 to +176ºF
www.rfi.com.au 115
Duplexers 300-400 MHz Vari Notch® This duplexer is ideal for repeater base station applications. It offers higher performance specifications and suits applications requiring stringent performance characteristics. This model comprises four (4) cavity filters coupled together in a VariNotch® configuration offering low insertion loss and high port-to-port isolation. This optimised design delivers a combination of passband selectivity, rejection and space-efficient physical dimensions. This duplexer is made from resonators constructed from extruded hardened aluminium that is not easily deformed. Excellent tuning stability is therefore maintained across the guaranteed extended temperature range. The passivated chromatic conversion coating (Alodine) provides excellent corrosion protection.
DP3040-3441-31 0 -10 -20 -30
• Suits analogue and digital technologies
-40
• Ideal for high density sites
-50 -60
• High input power capability
-70
• Super performance
-90
-80
-4
fo
+4
Typical Response Curve - DP3040-3441-31
Electrical Model
Frequency (MHz)
Min. Freq Separation
Insertion Loss
Isolation
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
DP3040-3441-31
300-400
3.0MHz
1.0dB typ.
>80dB
250
50 Ohms
Mechanical Model
DP3040-3441-31
Dimensions (mm/inches)
Construction Alodined aluminium with silver plated tuning elements mounted on 3RU powder coated shelf
H
W
D
134 / 5.25
482 / 19
400 / 15.75
Weight (kg/lb)
Connectors
Temperature
9 / 19
N female
-40 to +80ºC -40 to +176ºF
www.rfi.com.au 116
Duplexers 400-520 MHz Notch This duplexer is ideal for repeater base station applications on low density sites. These duplexers are compact high performance notchonly style duplexers, ideally suited to installations at uncongested communications sites. They feature low insertion loss, high symmetrical isolation and excellent stability - all in a small and robust package. These duplexers are comprised of extruded aluminium resonators and solid copper jacketed intercabling that ensures excellent mechanical and electrical stability. Temperature compensation is achieved through superior cavity design and the careful selection of construction materials. These models are available in other frequency bands and Tx-Rx separations on request.
DP5052-9161-18 0 -10 -20 -30
• Compact package size
-40
• Ideal for low density sites
-60
-50
-70
• Suits mobile and link applications
-80 -90
• Rugged construction style
-20
fo
+20
Typical Response Curve - DP5052-9161-18
Electrical Model
Frequency (MHz)
Freq Separation
DP4042-9161-18
400-420
9.45MHz
DP4547-9161-18
450-470
9.5MHz
DP4750-9161-18
470-500
5.2MHz
DP5052-9161-18
500-520
10MHz
Insertion Loss
Isolation
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
<1.5dB
>72dB
50
50 Ohms
Mechanical Model
All models
Dimensions (mm/inches)
Construction
Painted aluminium with hardline cabling
H
W
D
32 / 1.25
154 / 6
110 / 4.3
Weight (kg/lb)
Connectors
Temperature
0.58/1.3
BNC female
-20 to +60ºC -4 to +140ºF
www.rfi.com.au 117
Duplexers 400-520 MHz Vari Notch® These duplexers are ideal for repeater base station applications. They offer high performance characteristics and suit applications with stringent performance specifications. This model comprises four (4) cavity filters coupled together in a VariNotch® configuration offering low insertion loss and high port-to-port isolation. This optimised design delivers a combination of passband selectivity, rejection and space-efficient physical dimensions. These duplexers are made from resonators constructed from extruded hardened aluminium that is not easily deformed. Excellent tuning stability is therefore maintained across the guaranteed extended temperature range. The passivated chromatic conversion coating (Alodine) provides excellent corrosion protection.
DP4052-3441-31
0 -10 -20
• Ideal for analogue and digital technologies
-30 -40
• Suits narrow frequency separations
-50 -60
• High input power rating
-70 -80
• Excellent out-of-band isolation
-90
• Convenient rack mount style
-4
fo
+4
Typical Response Curve - DP4052-3441-31
Electrical Model
Frequency (MHz)
Min. Freq Separation
Insertion Loss (typ.)
Isolation
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
DP4052-3441-31
400-520
3.0MHz
0.6dB
>80dB
350
50 Ohms
Mechanical Model
DP4052-3441-31
Dimensions (mm/inches)
Construction Alodined aluminium with silver plated tuning elements with powder coated 5RU front panel
H
W
D
223 / 8.75
482 / 19
305 / 12
Weight (kg/lb)
Connectors
Temperature
6.2 / 13.6
N female
-40 to +80ºC -40 to +176ºF
www.rfi.com.au 118
Duplexers 400-530 MHz Vari Notch® These duplexers are ideal for repeater base station applications. They offer high performance characteristics and suit applications with stringent performance specifications. This model comprises four (4) cavity filters coupled together in a VariNotch® configuration offering low insertion loss and high port-to-port isolation. This optimised design delivers a combination of passband selectivity, rejection and space-efficient physical dimensions. These duplexers are made from resonators constructed from extruded hardened aluminium that is not easily deformed. Excellent tuning stability is therefore maintained across the guaranteed extended temperature range. The passivated chromatic conversion coating (Alodine) provides excellent corrosion protection. These models are available in centre and flush front panel styles suited for 483mm (19in) rack mounting, in addition to a flat panel mobile-mount configuration.
DP4749-3541-31 0 -10 -20 -30 -40 -50
• Compact package
-60 -70
• Excellent isolation
-80 -90
• Proven performance
-10
fo
+10
Typical Response Curve - DP4749-3541-31
• Mobile mount and other configurations available
Electrical Model
Frequency (MHz)
Min. Freq Separation
DP4044-3541-31
400-440
4.5 MHz
DP4447-3541-31
440-470
DP4749-3541-31
470-490
DP4953-3541-31
490-530
Insertion Loss
Isolation
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
1.2dB
80dB
100
50 Ohms
5.0MHz
Mechanical Dimensions (mm/inches) Model
All models
Construction
Alodined aluminium with silver plated tuning elements
H
W
D
32 / 1.25
154 / 6
200 / 7.9
Weight (kg/lb)
Connectors
Temperature
3.2 / 7.2
Ports BNC female Antenna N female
-40 to +80ºC -40 to 176ºF
www.rfi.com.au 119
Duplexers 400-530 MHz Vari-Notch® (Wide Passband) These duplexers have been designed for applications requiring duplexers with up to 4MHz wide passbands such as mobile trunking applications and in-plant combining of multi-channel transmit and receive for single-antenna operation. They offer high performance characteristics and suit applications with stringent performance specifications including high power operation and excellent VSWR characteristics across the entire passband(s). Unlike some band-reject style duplexers, these models provide a stable VSWR over a genuine 4MHz wide passband, along with a complimentary 4MHz wide notch. This ensures that constant, stable isolation and insertion loss characteristics are maintained across the entire band. The Vari-Notch® circuit by design, also offers a degree of bandpass protection that further enhances the scope of application for this duplexer to include many shared sites. These models each comprise eight (8) cavity filters coupled together in a Vari-Notch® configuration and mounted on a 1RU 483mm (19inch) cantilever shelf. Alternatively, a mobile mount version is available.
DP4953-3581-31 0 -10 -20 -30 -40 -50 -60 -70 -80 -90
• Ideal for multi-channel or frequency agile applications
-20
fo
+20
Typical Response Curve - DP4953-3581-31
• Mobile mount and other versions available • Up to 4MHz passband
Electrical Model
Frequency (MHz)
DP4044-3581-31
400-440
DP4447-3581-31
440-470
DP4749-3581-31
470-490
DP4953-3581-31
490-530
Min. Freq Separation
Insertion Loss
Isolation
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
5.0MHz
2.0dB
>70B (typ.)
100
50 Ohms
Mechanical Dimensions (mm/inches) Model
Construction H
All Models
Alodined aluminium with silver plated tuning elements on 1RU shelf
50 / 2
W
483 / 19
Weight (kg/lb)
Connectors
Temperature
6 / 13.2
Tx/Rx Ports BNC female Antenna N female
-40 to +80ºC -40 to +176ºF
D
200 / 8.0
www.rfi.com.au 120
Duplexers 400-520 MHz Vari Notch® / Bandpass This duplexer is ideal for repeater base station applications. It offers higher performance and suits applications requiring stringent specification characteristics. This model comprises four (4) cavity filters coupled together configuration offering low insertion loss and high port-to-port isolation in an optimised design offering a combination of passband selectivity, notch rejection and space-efficient physical dimensions. This duplexer is made from resonators constructed from extruded hardened aluminium that is not easily deformed. Excellent tuning stability is therefore maintained across the guaranteed extended temperature range. The passivated chromatic conversion coating (Alodine) provides excellent corrosion protection.
DP4052-8441-31
0 -10 -20
• Ideal for high and medium density sites
-30 -40
• Compact package
-50 -60
• Excellent isolation
-70
• Combined Vari-Notch®/Bandpass characteristics
-80 -90
-5
fo
+5
Typical Response Curve - DP4052-8441-31
Electrical Model
Frequency (MHz)
Min. Freq Separation
Insertion Loss (typ.)
Isolation (typ.)
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
DP4052-8441-31
400-520
5.0MHz
1.0dB
>70dB
125
50 Ohms
Mechanical Model
DP4052-8441-31
Dimensions (mm/inches)
Construction Alodined aluminium with silver plated tuning elements with powder coated 3RU front panel
H
W
D
134/5.25
482 / 19
305 / 12
Weight(kg/lb
Connectors
Temperature
6.2 / 13.6
N female
-40 to +80ºC -40 to +176ºF
www.rfi.com.au 121
Duplexers 400-520 MHz Bandpass This duplexer are ideal for repeater base station applications. It offers higher performance and suits applications with stringent specifications. This model comprises four (4), 100mm (4 in) cavity filters coupled together in a bandpass / bandpass configuration offering low insertion loss and high port-to-port isolation in an optimised design incorporating a combination of passband selectivity, out-of-band rejection and space-efficient physical dimensions. This duplexer is made from resonators constructed from extruded hardened aluminium that is not easily deformed. Excellent tuning stability is therefore maintained across the guaranteed extended temperature range. The passivated chromatic conversion coating (Alodine) provides excellent corrosion protection.
DP4052-0441-31
0 -10 -20
• Ideal for analogue and digital applications
-30 -40
• Suits high density sites
-50 -60
• Compact package
-70 -80
• Excellent out-of-band rejection
-90
• Combined mounting styles available
-20
fo
+20
Typical Response Curve - DP4052-0441-31 @ 9.5MHz Tx-Rx separation
Electrical Model
Frequency (MHz)
Min. Freq Separation
DP4052-0441-31
400-520
5.0MHz
Insertion Loss (typ.)
Isolation (typ.)
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
1.5dB
Varies with Tx-Rx separation
125
50 Ohms
Mechanical Model
DP4052-0441-31
Dimensions (mm/inches)
Construction Alodined aluminium with silver plated tuning elements with powder coated 3RU front panel
H
W
D
134/5.25
482 / 19
305 / 12
Weight(kg/lb
Connectors
Temperature
6.2 / 13.6
N female
-40 to +80ºC -40 to +176ºF
www.rfi.com.au 122
Duplexers 400-520 MHz Bandpass (Wide Passband) These duplexers have been designed for applications requiring duplexers with up to 1.5MHz wide passbands such as trunking applications and combining of multi-channel transmit and receive multicouplers for single-antenna operation. They offer high performance characteristics and suit applications with stringent performance specifications including high power operation and excellent VSWR characteristics across the entire passband(s). These models provide a stable VSWR over a genuine wide passband. This ensures that constant, stable isolation and insertion loss characteristics are maintained across the entire band. The Bandpass design, also offers out-of-band protection that further enhances the scope of application for this duplexer to include high density sites. These models each comprise six (6) cavity filters coupled together in a Bandpass / Bandpass configuration and mounted on a 5RU 483mm (19inch) cantilever shelf.
DP4052-0461-31 0 -10 -20 -30 -40 -50
• Suits analogue and digital applications
-60 -70
• Ideal for multi-channel or frequency agile applications
-80 -90
-10
• Suits multi-channel combining to a single antenna
fo
+10
Typical Response Curve - DP4052-0461-31
• Up to 1.5MHz passband
Electrical Model
Frequency (MHz)
Min. Freq Separation
Insertion Loss (typ.)
Isolation (typ.)
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
DP4052-0461-31
400-520
5.0MHz
2.0dB
Varies with passband and Freq. Separation
250
50 Ohms
Mechanical Dimensions (mm/inches) Model
DP4052-0461-31
Construction Alodined aluminium with silver plated tuning elements on 5RU panel
H
W
D
223 / 8.75
483 / 19
305 / 12
Weight (kg/lb)
Connectors
Temperature
10 / 22
N female
-40 to +80ºC -40 to +176ºF
www.rfi.com.au 123
Duplexers 400-520 MHz Bandpass (Wide Passband) These duplexers have been designed for applications requiring duplexers with up to 5MHz wide passbands such as trunking applications and combining of multi-channel transmit and receive multicouplers for single-antenna operation. They offer high performance specifications and suit applications requiring stringent performance characteristics including high power operation and excellent VSWR characteristics across the entire passband(s). Unlike some other wide passband duplexers available in the marktetplace these models provide a stable VSWR over a genuine 5MHz wide passband. This ensures that constant, stable isolation and insertion loss characteristics are maintained across the entire band. The Bandpass design, further enhances the scope of application for this duplexer to include high density sites. These models each comprise eight (8) cavity filters coupled together in a Bandpass / Bandpass configuration and mounted on a 5RU 483mm (19inch) cantilever shelf.
DP4052-0481-31 0 -10 -20 -30 -40 -50 -60 -70
• Suits analogue and digital applications
-80 -90
• Ideal for multi-channel or frequency agile applications
-20
fo
+20
Typical Response Curve - DP4052-0481-31
• Suits multi-channel combining to a single antenna • Up to 5MHz passband (or wider upon request)
Electrical Model
Frequency (MHz)
Min. Freq Separation
Insertion Loss (typ.)
Isolation (typ.)
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
DP4052-0481-31
400-520
5.0MHz (Typ.)
2.0dB
Varies with passband and Freq. Separation
250
50 Ohms
Mechanical Dimensions (mm/inches) Model
DP4052-0481-31
Construction Alodined aluminium with silver plated tuning elements on 5RU panel
H
W
D
223 / 8.75
483 / 19
305 / 12
Weight (kg/lb)
Connectors
Temperature
13 / 28
N female
-30 to +80ºC -22 to +176ºF
www.rfi.com.au 124
Duplexers 400-520 MHz Vari-Notch® This duplexer is ideal for repeater base station applications. They offer high performance characteristics and suit applications with stringent performance specifications with narrow transmit-receive frequency separation eg. CB radio repeaters. This model comprises six (6) cavity filters coupled together in a VariNotch® configuration offering low insertion loss and high port-to-port isolation in an optimised design incorporating a combination of passband selectivity, rejection and space-efficient physical dimensions. These duplexers are made from cavities constructed from extruded hardened aluminium that is not easily deformed. Excellent tuning stability is therefore maintained across the guaranteed extended temperature range. The passivated chromatic conversion coating (Alodine) provides excellent corrosion protection.
DP4052-3461-31 0 -10 -20 -30 -40
• Suits narrow frequency separations
-50 -60
• High input power rating
-70
• Excellent port-port isolation
-90
-80
• Convenient rack mount style
-10
fo
+10
Typical Response Curve - DP4052-3461-31
Electrical Model
Frequency (MHz)
Min. Freq Separation
Insertion Loss (typ.)
Isolation (typ.)
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
DP4052-3461-31
400-520
0.75MHz
2.2dB
>95dB
125
50 Ohms
Mechanical Model
DP4052-3461-31
Dimensions (mm/inches)
Construction
Alodined aluminium with silver plated tuning elements with powder coated 5RU front panel
H
W
D
223 / 8.75
483 / 19
305 / 12
Weight(kg/lb
Connectors
Temperature
10 / 22
N female
-30 to +60ºC -22 to 140ºF
www.rfi.com.au 125
Duplexers 800-960 MHz Notch This duplexer is a compact high performance notch-only style duplexer ideally suited to mobile installations and use at uncongested communications sites. It features low insertion loss, high symmetrical isolation and excellent stability - all in a small and robust package. These duplexers comprise extruded aluminium resonators and solid copper jacketed intercabling that ensure excellent mechanical and electrical stability. Temperature compensation is achieved through superior cavity design and careful selection of construction materials. DP8287-3161-18
• Suits low density sites 0
• Compact package
-10 -20
• Ideal for mobile and link applications
-30
• Alternate frequency spacings available
-40
• Other configurations available on request
-60
-50
-70 -80 -90
-100
fo
+100
Typical Response Curve - DP8287-3161-18
Electrical Model
Frequency (MHz)
Min. Freq Separation
DP8287-3161-18
820-870
45.0MHz
DP8594-3161-18
850-940
76.0MHz
Insertion Loss
Isolation
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
<1.5dB
>72dB
50
50 Ohms
Mechanical Model
All models
Dimensions (mm/inches)
Construction
Painted aluminium with hardline cabling
H
W
D
32 / 1.25
154 / 6
93 / 3.66
Weight(kg/lb
Connectors
Temperature
0.58 / 1.3
BNC female
-20 to +60ºC -4 to +140ºF
www.rfi.com.au 126
Duplexers 800-1000 MHz Bandpass This duplexer is ideal for repeater base station and link transceiver applications. This model comprises two (2) bandpass cavity filters and therefore offers the benefits of rejecting unwanted frequencies outside their respective pass bands. This duplexer is made from resonators constructed from extruded hardened aluminium that is not easily deformed. Excellent tuning stability is therefore maintained across the guaranteed extended temperature range. The passivated chromatic conversion coating (Alodine) provides excellent corrosion protection. This model is supplied on a powder-coated, 3RU, 483mm (19in) rack mount shelf for easy installation.
DP8010-0421-31
Ch1 dB -10 -20 -30
• Suits analogue and digital applications
-40 Ch2
• Ideal for link applications
-60
• Suits high density sites
-80
-70
-90 Abs
• Excellent for out-of-band rejection
-50
fo
+50
Typical Response Curve - DP8010-0421-31
• Other mounting styles available
Electrical Model
Frequency (MHz)
Min. Freq Separation
Insertion Loss
Isolation
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
DP8010-0421-31
800-1000
45.0MHz
1.5dB
>35 dB
125
50 Ohms
Mechanical Model
DP8010-0421-31
Dimensions (mm/inches)
Construction
Alodined aluminium with silver plated tuning elements with 3RU power-coated front panel
H
W
D
134 / 5.25
482 / 19
300 / 12
Weight(kg/lb
Connectors
Temperature
6.3 / 13.2
N female
-40 to +80°C -40 to +176°F
www.rfi.com.au 127
Duplexers 800-1000 MHz Vari Notch® This duplexer is ideal for repeater base station applications. It offers higher performance specifications and suits applications requiring stringent performance characteristics. This model comprises four (4) cavity filters coupled together in a VariNotch® configuration offering low insertion loss and high port-to-port isolation in an optimised design, offering a combination of passband selectivity, rejection and space-efficient physical dimensions. This duplexer is made from resonators constructed from extruded hardened aluminium that is not easily deformed. Excellent tuning stability is therefore maintained across the guaranteed extended temperature range. The passivated chromatic conversion coating (Alodine) provides excellent corrosion protection.
DP8086-3441-31 0 -10 -20 -30
• Excellent port-port isolation
-40
• Low insertion loss
-60
-50
-70
• Narrow frequency separation versions available (3.6MHz broadcast studio links)
-80 -90
• Other mounting styles available
-60
fo
+60
Typical Response Curve - DP8086-3441-31
Electrical Model
Frequency (MHz)
Min. Freq Separation
DP8086-3441-31
800-866
45.0MHz
DP8996-3441-31
890-960
39.0MHz
Insertion Loss
Isolation
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
0.8dB
90dB
125
50 Ohms
Mechanical Model
DP8086-3441-31 DP8996-3441-31
Construction
Alodined aluminium with silver plated tuning elements with 3RU powder-coated front panel
Dimensions (mm/inches) H
W
D
134 / 5.25
482 / 19
305 / 12
Weight(kg/lb
Connectors
Temperature
4.7 / 10.3
N female
-40 to +80°C -40 to +176°F
www.rfi.com.au 128
Rebroadcast Systems Rebroadcast systems (also known as Repeater Amplifiers, Signal Boosters, Bi-Directional Amplifiers, and Coverage Extenders or Cell Enhancers) extend radio systems' coverage into areas where abrupt propagation losses prevent reliable communication. They can be used to improve the coverage of AM/FM radio, two-way radio, paging, cellular, telemetry and control systems, wireless data and WLAN systems and they can be deployed to cater for both analogue and digital technologies across frequencies from 500KHz to above 5.8GHz. Applications include network coverage black spots, airports, high-rise buildings, shopping centres, road and rail tunnels, mines, ships, and other restrictive coverage situations. RFI offers a range of quality channel-selective and band-selective (broadband) rebroadcast equipment to suit a wide variety of applications, frequency bands, and network technologies. We offer stand-alone, cable-fed and radio-over-fibre (RF/OF) solutions to satisfy the design requirements of any operational application. A sampling of our standard product technologies is shown in this catalogue, but we can supply product and complete customised solutions for any application.
AL
BOOSTER SYS T S EM
SIG N
If you require a Rebroadcast System solution not shown in this catalogue, please do not hesitate to contact your local RFI sales office for further assistance.
129
Rebroadcast Systems Introduction RFI has designed, manufactured and supplied one-way (uni-directional) and two-way (bi-directional) rebroadcast equipment to meet a variety of analogue and digital system performance requirements. These are available for a variety of installation environments - in formats ranging from single frequency, low power installations to very complex multi-channel, multi-band, high power configurations intended for operations-critical public safety and road and rail infrastructure. We design our rebroadcast products using tried and proven engineering practices, along with quality components and associated hardware from world-leading suppliers.
Applications Applications for Rebroadcast Systems include:
Inside Buildings
Many buildings restrict coverage because windows, reinforced concrete and metal in their construction act as an effective RF screen. Distributed antennas or radiating cables within these buildings, and external antennas or landline links interacting with the external network, can be utilised to enhance coverage inside buildings.
Tunnels and Mines
Bored or cut-and-cover tunnels can be provided coverage by using directional antennas or radiating cable running the length of the tunnel. In longer tunnels or complex tunnel networks such as railways or mines, Rebroadcast System units can also be used as in-line amplifiers to distribute and re-amplify signals from inplant or external network base stations to provide coverage throughout such tunnels.
Coverage Black Spots
Local topology such as mountains and valleys frequently cause propagation blackspots. Improved coverage into such areas can be realised using Rebroadcast System technologies. Strategically located Rebroadcast System units can "eavesdrop" to a host site (or network), and rebroadcast it into the black spot area(s), thereby reducing the effects of such poor coverage areas.
Short Term Coverage Requirements
Conferences, sporting events and festivals can require temporary coverage. In such cases, Rebroadcast System units can be installed to repeat channels from a network site located some distance away that has spare traffic capacity and that would otherwise be out-of-range of users at the event.
130
Rebroadcast Systems Types of Rebroadcast Architectures
RF "Band Selective"
Band Selective units (also called "broadband") can handle large numbers of channels. Units can be configured to handle multiple sub-bands (i.e. 400-404MHz and 406-409MHz) or entirely separate bands (i.e. 400-420MHz and 860-870MHz) and can be supplied to meet the requirements of all of the international analogue and digital wireless systems standards including AM and FM Broadcast, PMR, SMR, P25, TETRA, GSM, CDMA, 3G, Wireless Data, Satellite, CCTV, WLAN, etc. Each unit is configured to suit each application's specific requirements. The required filtering to provide for the required pass bandwidths in each signal path is assembled from our wide range of multicoupling systems modules. Small signal, low-noise amplifiers and high power Class A amplifiers are selected to give high performance and economic solutions for each individual application. Output powers from below 0.5 watt to above 100 watts can be provided to satisfy multiple-carrier applications in congested RF environments.
Key features of Band Selective style:
• Suitable for universal application within a given network without alignment to local site frequencies and is particularly suited to in-building and in-tunnel communications systems. • Fully compatible with modern system technologies such as dynamic frequency allocation and frequency hopping. • Automatic Gain Control (AGC) or Output Level Control (OLC) is usually fitted to protect the system against operational saturation caused by units operating nearby the unit's antennas/radiating cables. • Available in 19inch rack, wall or customised mounting styles and in various environmental housing ratings. This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.
If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here, please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!
RF "Channel Selective"
Channel Selective units provide the required filtering and associated circuitry to provide the selectivity for the unit to handle individual channels. This is usually required where the user is operating within a shared frequency band or where it is not possible to co-ordinate the geographic location of systems operating on adjacent channels. Units can be configured to handle single or multiple channels across single or multiple sub-bands (i.e. 400-420MHz and 450-470MHz) or entirely separate bands (i.e. 400-420MHz and 860-870MHz). These can be supplied to meet the requirements of all of the international analogue and digital wireless systems standards including AM and FM Broadcast, PMR, SMR, P25, TETRA, GSM, CDMA, 3G, Wireless Data, Satellite, CCTV, WLAN, etc.
131
Rebroadcast Systems Each unit is configured to suit each application's specific requirements. Channelised units utilise multicoupling, crystal, or Surface Acoustic Wave (SAW) filters to provide the required channel bandwidths (from 12.5KHz to 200KHz or wider) required by the application. Typical units incorporate channelised modules in both uplink and downlink signal paths - although "hybrid" band-selective/channelised systems are also available to suit specialised applications. Small signal, low-noise amplifiers and high power Class A amplifiers are selected to give high performance and economic solutions for each individual application. Output powers from below 0.5 watts to above 100 watts can be provided to satisfy multiple-carrier applications in congested RF environments.
RF Over Fibre RFI has a demonstrated experience in providing RF over fibre (RF/OF) style rebroadcast equipment. Over long distances, conventional "daisy-chained" coaxial cable designs are limited by cable attenuation and amplifier intermodulation noise levels. RF/OF techniques can allow a large number of radio channels across one or more frequency bands and/or technologies to be transported using fibre optic cable with minimal degradation of the original RF signals. Multi-band signals are combined prior to RF over fibre conversion, and multi-band filtering and amplifier techniques are used to recover the optical signals back to RF. Therefore, RF/OF solutions are particularly suited to the extended coverage requirements of large road and rail tunnels and underground mine complexes and may be deployed for both band-selective and channelised rebroadcast architectures - and for all analogue and digital technologies in any frequency band. In addition, unit reliability can become an increasing issue in that failure of one unit can impact the performance of the rest of the system "down-stream" from a failure. In fibre-fed systems, each (or alternatively, units at regular intervals in the design) remote tunnel unit can be fed by fibre links from the master site. In some design architectures this can provide a significantly more robust solution against failure and increase system reliability in safety-of-life and operations-critical operational environments.
132
Rebroadcast Systems The key components of a RF/OF solution are;
Fibre Optic Cable
Monomode (also known as Single Mode) fibre has a very small diameter fibre inner core. The converted RF signals that are transmitted along the fibre are relatively unaffected by reflection and refraction, therefore allowing the optical signals to travel very long distances - without compromising the quality of the signal received at the far end of the cable. The alternative to Monomode fibre cable is Multimode cable. This type of fibre is not as well suited to RF/OF applications as the optical signals passing through a Multimode fibre cable are subject to degradation from the reflections and refractions that occur within this type of fibre cable. As a result, Multimode fibre is not generally recommended for applications requiring long transmission distances between radio sites within a network design, and as such Multimode fibre is generally used only in smaller network designs.
Fibre Optic Transmitters
The Fibre Optic Transmitter (and associated receiver) must operate on a common optical wavelength. Two wavelengths are commonly used for these applications 1310nm and 1550nm. In general, the transmitted RF power applied to the RF to fibre converter is limited to a maximum level of between 0dBm and +10dBm (model and configuration dependent) to prevent overload of the RF to fibre converter circuitry. This is particularly relevant in multi-channel and multiband applications where peak powers of multiple carriers can add co-incidentally. An alarm monitoring circuit monitors the bias current of the optical transmission LED and indicates an alarm state if minimum or maximum safe operating characteristics are exceeded.
Fibre Optic Receivers
The Fibre Optic Receiver recovers the optical signal from the fibre cable and converts it back to an RF signal. This signal is then fed to a low-noise amplifier. The intermodulation (IM) performance of this amplifier determines the output signal per carrier of the fibre optic receiver. For most applications, the RF carrier levels from the fibre optic receiver unit will typically be around -10dBm for each recovered signal. These signals are then amplified by additional amplifier stages to increase them to the specific output levels required within the overall system design. An alarm facility is provided to indicate a low optical input level signal at the input of the fibre optic receiver unit.
Fibre Optic Transceivers
In many designs, transmit and receive paths within the fibre portion of the design utilise separate fibre cables. This is convenient in most applications because modern fibre cables are actually multi-strand, and have many separate fibres within each cable. However, in some applications it may be desirable to utilise a single fibre for both transmit and receive signals. In such cases, the 1310nm and 1550nm optical wavelengths may be duplexed onto the common fibre.
133
Rebroadcast Systems Wave Division Multiplexing (WDM) is generally used to provide this capability. Using WDM techniques, the separate fibre optic transmitter and receiver modules may be combined into a single Fibre Optic Transceiver unit.
Multiple-Wave Diversity and Add-Drop Capability
Transceivers are available to provide Diversity and Add-Drop capability in systems designs. Using different optical wavelengths, multiple units can be implemented to share common fibre optic cables - thereby providing flexibility in systems' designs to cater for receiver diversity or multiple voting nodes. In addition, sites can be daisy-chained along a long fibre routes to provide the optimum use of rented fibre cables.
Design Considerations
The respective fibre optic modules employ various design techniques to improve overall performance. These include the use of DFB laser diodes, optical interference reduction, APC (automatic power control) to minimise level variations over a broad temperature range, low noise linear preamplifiers with wide bandwidth to reduce noise and distortion figures, and the use of amplifier circuitry offering good 3rd order intermodulation point performance to reduce overall intermodulation susceptibility and to provide high recovered RF signal output levels.
Optical Couplers and Splitters
Similar to RF applications, the optical signals from a "master" site may be coupled or divided across several different fibres to then feed multiple "remote" sites. This is particularly suited to designs where the "master site" is geographically centralised in the network, or where central switching architecture is employed (i.e. trunking controllers or voting hubs).
Key Features of RF/OF techniques
-
Particularly suited to very long or complex tunnel system layouts.
- Overcomes long-distance cable attenuation and performance degradation, and improves system amplifier intermodulation noise performance. -
Provides additional operations resiliency in critical applications through the use of multiple fibre cable interconnectivity within the design and/or fireproof fibre cable routing.
System Solutions
RFI can design an overall system solution to meet each application's unique channel capacity, frequency band(s) or technology requirements. Simple RF/OF systems may be employed in single channel rebroadcast applications for the in-building and mining markets. Multi-channel, multi-band solutions often include AM/FM Broadcast radio, VHF and/or UHF paging, voice or data two-way communications channels, 800MHz trunking or wireless data, cellular technologies, and specialised applications such as WLAN. These larger system requirements are often identified in rail and road tunnel, airport, and large in-building applications. The specific layout and architecture of the design is determined by the geographic layout of the installation, operational coverage requirements, and sometimes the system structure (i.e. centralised trunking controller or voting hub). 134
Rebroadcast Systems All Frequencies, All Technologies, Simple Installation RFI can supply rebroadcast solutions for all frequency bands and for all technologies. Road tunnel designs commonly incorporate a combination of frequency bands and technologies to provide the rebroadcast of AM/FM Broadcast Radio, VHF Paging, UHF PMR or Data, 800MHz Trunking and multiple Cellular networks. Drawing on our acknowledged expertise in network and multicoupler design, we can often combine all of these services onto a single radiating cable for signal distribution throughout the tunnel areas. As a result, the cost of cables, weight and space required in cable trays, installation hardware and labour are significantly reduced. In addition, the installation phase of the rebroadcast system can be significantly reduced through these reductions - an additional advantage in any project! We can supply single or multi-frequency band designs to suit most network platforms including: GSM900 GSM1800 PCS1900 CDMA AMPS TACS
PMR SMR TETRA P25 CCTV i-DEN
AM Broadcast FM Broadcast GPS Satellite Mobitex RD-LAP
NMT Paging W-LAN/Wi-Fi 3G
Audio Break-In Capability
Our system designs can be provided with optional audio break-in capability. This allows live or pre-recorded announcements to be inserted into the rebroadcast system - overriding the usual communications traffic. These systems are widely used to provide emergency and operations update information to travellers through their vehicle AM/FM radios. Similar capabilities can be provided in most of our designs in other frequency bands, allowing command and control messages to be imposed onto two-way radio channels for incident control and management operations. Alarm Monitoring and Control
Rebroadcast systems can also be provided with various levels of Alarm Monitoring and Control capabilities. Monitoring can be provided utilising a range of approaches including closed circuits (i.e. relay contacts) through to remote computer terminals or TCP/IP connectivity through LANs or the Internet. In local systems, alarms can be presented via contact closures to local supervisory equipment. In remote systems the alarms can be sent back over dedicated links - or the same fibre used in remote systems. Dedicated software can be provided to monitor system status and alarms. Other tunnel systems (such as traffic management systems) can be utilised to monitor these signals as a part of their overall control and reporting functions.
135
Rebroadcast Systems The signals that may be monitored (analogue and/or digital) in typical Alarm Monitoring and Control Systems can include;
136
·
Fibre Optic Transceiver Receive Laser Level (in mW)
·
Fibre Optic Transceiver Receive Laser Level Alarm - between a preset high and low threshold
·
Fibre Optic Transceiver Transmit Laser Level (in mW)
·
Fibre Optic Transceiver Transmit Laser Level Alarm - between a preset high and low threshold
·
RS232 Communication to/from the remote unit
·
Downlink Amplifier Operation- between a preset high and low threshold
·
Uplink Amplifier Operation- between a preset high and low threshold
·
AGC/OLC control voltage (in volts dc)
·
Mains Power Supply - OK
·
Battery Revert/Charge - Activated
·
Power Supply DC voltages (i.e. 15vdc and 28vdc rails)
·
Battery DC voltages (i.e. 28vdc)
·
Tamper Switch ("door open" on the repeater amplifier enclosure)
·
Internal Enclosure temperature (in ºF or ºC)
·
Optional temperature measurement (in ºF or ºC) is also available for monitoring an external condition (i.e. room temperature, tunnel ambient temperature, etc)
·
Optional inputs are also available to monitor external events (i.e. lighting, movement or fire/smoke detection, etc)
·
Outputs are also provided to allow the remote control or external equipment (such as backup lighting, etc)
Rebroadcast Systems Introducing Signal Booster II Mission Critical Reliability for Rebroadcast Coverage RFI is pleased to introduce the new Signal Booster II product range from TX RX Systems Inc. It provides Public Safety grade reliability and coverage in disadvantaged RF locations and suits the rigorous requirements of public safety, mass transit and other similar operations-critical applications. A totally new compact design facilitates installation and system optimisation for rock solid operation via a simple man-machine interface. Imbedded features for ease of use include; ·
decoupled test points for signal detection,
·
menu driven gain settings,
·
front panel LED monitors for amplifier and power status,
·
and an at-a-glance LED bar graph to indicate relative output of the inbuilt Output Level Control (OLC).
Additionally, this product offers a unique on-board OLC datalog feature that archives a "User Signal Profile" to facilitate optimum systems configuration and performance. Output Level Control (OLC) Circuit Monitors and Controls RF Output Power
Fault Monitoring and Alarming Essential for Maintaining Reliable Communications
· Maintains maximum required output power while preventing damage and excessive emission levels
· Control system continuously monitors parameters including voltage, current, temperature and OLC activity
· Easy to read LED bar graph
· LEDs on each module quickly annunciate source of fault
· Unique OLC datalog feature facilitates system maintenance and optimisation
· Fault triggers annunciation on panel and alarm contact state change
Microprocessor Controlled System ensures reliable operation and flexible configuration · Simple, back-lit LCD and switch control
Card Cage Modularity · Easy "slide-in" replacement process · Facilitates ease of service and system configuration
· Current, voltage and temperature monitoring · Fault monitoring and alarm annunciation
Decoupled RF Test Points for Simplified Service · Allow fast system measurements in both uplink and downlink paths monitor signals for performance optimisation
High Performance Bandpass Filters · Configured to customer requirements and addresses many specifications requiring custom passbands · Models available with passbands from below 3MHz to over 18MHz for full band coverage
· Integrated design facilitates non-intrusive measurements
Programmable Gain Setting · Programmable attenuation 0-30dB in 0.5dB steps · Ease of initial configuration via front panel
Secure non-vented NEMA enclosures suitable for Extreme Indoor or Outdoor Environments
· When used in conjunction with OLC Datalog, simplifies post-installation adjustments
Various Mains and Battery Backup Configurations Available For more information on this exciting new product range please contact your nearest sales office
137
Rebroadcast Systems Summary Instead of restricting the system designer or network operator to a limited selection of model configurations, RFI offers enormous flexibility in the choice of gain, AGC/OLC control, output powers, frequency bands, bandwidth, passband separation, AC/DC supply voltages (with or without battery backup), power and alarm monitoring, and cabinet mounting styles. RFI's in-house engineering design and manufacturing capability and our in-depth knowledge of filter and system design allows us to provide unique or customised solutions for any application - no matter how small or large, simple or complex. Most applications will determine a customised solution but with our broad product range and supporting engineering services we are able to design, assemble and commission rebroadcast equipment quickly and easily - no matter what the requirement. Included in this catalogue is a sampling of some product technologies and configurations we can supply but we encourage you to contact us to discuss your own application requirements so that we can supply the solution best suited to your needs.
This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.
If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here, please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!
138
System Products RFI can supply a diverse range of products to ensure that you are provided with the broadest possible selection of components from which to complete your multicoupling system design requirements. A sampling of our System products is represented within this catalogue. Within this range, many models can be supplied with characteristics tailored to conform with specific design parameters. Therefore, we cannot fully represent these many variants within these pages. If you cannot find what you need within these pages, we encourage you to contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance. Crossband Couplers Hybrid / Directional Couplers Isolators / Circulators Low Pass / Harmonic Filters Power Dividers / Splitters RF Loads / Terminations / Attenuators Miscellaneous System Products
139
System Products Crossband Couplers Crossband couplers allow the combining of multiple frequency bands onto shared coaxial and radiating cables and multi-band antennas. Models are available for specialised transmit and receive applications across the frequency range 0.5 - 2500MHz and beyond. Cascading units can allow any number of different frequency bands to be combined together. In addition, units are available for indoor, outdoor and tower mounting requirements thereby providing for the rationalisation of feeder cable usage - reducing cabling costs and tower loadings. Indoor Unit
• Suits analogue and digital technologies • Combine multiple frequency bands for Distributed Antenna and Radiating Cable systems • Reduce cabling and tower loading • Add new frequency bands to existing installations • Indoor, outdoor and tower-mount versions available Outdoor Unit
A crossband coupler is typically a three port device - usually known as low-pass, high-pass and combined respectively. Models are available in a variety of mounting styles and DC-Pass or DC-Blocking configurations for use with bi-directional amplifiers and tower mount preamplifiers. Tower mount (outdoor) models shown consist of the indoor unit less rack mount bracket, in a weatherproof fibreglass housing that is sealed with silicon adhesive. Indoor units may also be packaged in suitable custom weatherproof housings to create alternate tower mount versions. Typical models are shown. Other models are available upon request. Please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further details.
This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.
If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here, please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!
www.rfi.com.au 140
System Products Crossband Couplers Typical Applications - Combining Multiple Frequency Bands onto a radiating cable
Example: Combining an AM and FM Radio Rebroadcast System with a UHF two-way Operations Channel for a road tunnel
Radiating Cable Through Tunnel Splitter
- single radiating coax reduces cable, hardware, and installation costs
Feeder
AM Rebroadcast Equipment
UHF Comms System
FM Rebroadcast Equipment
Typical Applications - Combining Multiple Frequency Bands onto a radiating cable
Radiating Cable on each floor of building
4 Channel UHF Trunking
Example: Combining a VHF Paging and a multi-channel UHF Voice, system for an in-building application - single coax reduces cable, hardware, and rigging costs - ensures all systems have identical coverage potential
VHF Paging Single Antenna Multicoupler
www.rfi.com.au 141
System Products Crossband Couplers Typical Applications - Combining Multiple Frequency Bands onto a shared coaxial cable
UHF 800MHz
VHF
Example : Combining VHF and UHF/800MHz Rx Systems using Tower Mount Amps - single coax reduces cable, hardware, and installation costs - reduces tower loading
Feeder
VHF
UHF 800MHz
VHF Omni
Example : Combining a VHF Base with Omni antenna with a UHF directional link - ideal for long cable runs or difficult installations
Tower Mount Crossband Coupler
- reduces tower loading and installation time - single coax reduces cable, hardware, and installation costs
Feeder
Duplexer
Tx
Tx
Rx
Rx
Base Station
Duplexer
Link
www.rfi.com.au 142
System Products Crossband Couplers Electrical Model
Frequency Bands Coupled (MHz)
Typ. Loss (dB)
SP0000-1101-31
400 - 540 MHz 800 - 960MHz
SP0000-1104-85
SP0000-1101-31
SP0000-1106-85
Power Rating (watts)
Notes
0.20 0.20
750 500
-
400 - 540 MHz 800 - 960MHz
0.30 0.50
Rx Only
1.
SP0000-1103-31
400 - 540 MHz 800 - 960MHz
0.30 0.50
250 Rx Only
2.
SP0000-1108-85
SP0000-1105-31
25 - 175 MHz 400 - 960MHz
0.25 0.25
350 350
-
SP0000-1110-85
SP0000-1107-31
25 - 175 MHz 400 - 960MHz
0.35 0.50
Rx Only
3.
SP0000-1112-85
-
400 - 540 MHz 800 - 960MHz
0.35 0.35
Rx Only
4.
-
SP0000-1111-31
0 - 90MHz 140 - 540MHz
0.50 0.50
200 200
-
-
SP0000-1113-31
0 - 175MHz 450 - 2000MHz
0.50 0.50
>50dB
200 200
1.
-
SP0000-1115-31
0 - 1000MHz 1700 - 2200MHz
0.30 0.50
>50dB
200 200
1.
-
SP0000-1117-31
0.5 - 1.6MHz 60 - 1000MHz
0.50 0.60
>30dB
100 100
5.
Weather Proof Tower Mount
Indoor Mount
SP0000-1102-85
Isolation (dB)
>40dB
Notes: 1.
Passes DC power between all three terminals for operating separate tower mount receive systems. Warning: Do not connect a DC grounded antenna directly to this model if DC power is being passed.
2.
DC power will only pass between the combined port and the 800-960MHz port for operating a 800MHz tower mount receive system.
3.
DC power passes between the combined port and the 400-540MHz port, but is blocked from the 25-175MHz port to the combined port.
4.
DC power passes between the combined port and the 400-540MHz port, but is blocked from the 800-960MHz port to the combined port.
5.
The 0.5-1.6MHz port is coupled onto outside conductor of combined port and 60-1000MHz port is coupled onto centre conductor of combined port. This model is used for combining AM radio rebroadcast with FM/VHF/UHF/etc onto a single cable.
Please consult dedicated product briefs for detailed specifications
Mechanical Model
Dimensions (HxWxL approx)
Temp. Range °C / °F
SP0000-1101-31 SP0000-1103-31 SP0000-1105-31 SP0000-1107-31
50 x 482 x 75 mm 2 x 19 x 3 in.
-40 to +70° C -40 to +160° F
SP0000-1102-85 SP0000-1104-85 SP0000-1106-85 SP0000-1108-85 SP0000-1110-85 SP0000-1112-85
89 x 152 x 350 mm 3.5 x 6 x 13.75 in.
SP0000-1111-31 SP0000-1113-31 SP0000-1115-31
31 x 110 x 132 mm 1.25 x 4.3 x 5.2 in.
VSWR
Weight
Connectors
1.8 kgs 4.0 lbs 1.25:1
-40 to +70° C -40 to +160° F
3.2 kgs 7.0 lbs 50 Ohms
165 x 135 x 110 mm 6.5 x 5.3 x 4.5 in.
N female (others on request)
-20 to +55° C -4 to +130° F 1.3:1
SP0000-1117-31
Impedance
1.0 kg 2.2 lbs
-30 to +65° C -22 to +150° F
www.rfi.com.au 143
System Products Hybrid/Directional Couplers Hybrid/Directional Couplers allow signals to be combined or sampled at preset values. Models are available from small low power units to high power versions, across the frequency range 50-2500MHz. They are available with preset coupling/sampling values of between 3 to 30dB. Single or dual port versions are available, and broadband models are also available to provide flexibility in designs catering for multi-band signal distribution. Our range of Hybrid/Directional Couplers is suitable for multicoupling and distributed antenna and radiating cable systems, in addition to testing and other laboratory purposes. Hybrid Coupler
• Suitable for analogue and digital technologies • Ideal for frequency agile transmitter combining • Sampling and distributing signals in distributed antenna and radiating cable systems • Sampling signals at controlled levels in laboratory and testing applications
Directional Coupler
The Hybrid/Directional Coupler is a multi-port device - usually known as input, output, and decoupled ports respectively. The same device may be used to combine signals (when it is commonly referred to as a Hybrid Coupler), or to sample a signal (when is commonly referred to as a Directional Coupler). Fundamentally it is the same device, with only the application changing. When used as a Hybrid Coupler, the coupler allows multiple signals to be combined together on to a common port. Due to its design, any frequencies within the coupler's designed passband may be combined together. This is particularly useful to combine two or more very closely spaced frequencies, allowing channels to be combined that would be difficult or impractical to combine using a cavity filter design approach. As a Directional Coupler, the coupler allows a preset sampling of the input power level to be taken at the decoupled port. This allows the matching of signal levels within a design to facilitate the "balanced" distribution of signals within a distributed antenna or radiating cabling system. In testing environments, directional couplers allow reduced power samplings of the input signal to be provided to test and measuring equipment at safe levels to minimise the risk of overload or damage to valuable test equipment. Some models are available as either single or dual coupled port devices. Low and high power versions are available, as well as broadband models for multi-band distribution requirements. Models with different coupling values can be utilised within a design to compensate for the differing attenuation or propagation characteristics present at different locations within the design.
Typical models are shown. Other models are available upon request. Please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further details.
www.rfi.com.au 144
System Products Hybrid/Directional Couplers Typical Applications - Progressive and Branching Transmitter Combining
Please note that for illustration purposes, the isolators, harmonic filters, and output filters that may be required in a specific design are not shown on the transmitter combining examples. As hybrid couplers do not provide any transmitter carrier noise suppression, an output filter is generally required. Example 1 : Combining multiple transmitters in a "progressive" combiner OUTPUT -3 dB
-1.8 dB
-3 dB HYBRID
-4.8 dB
TX 2 INPUT
-1.0 dB
-6 dB HYBRID
-4.8 dB HYBRID
-3 dB
TX 1 INPUT
-1.2dB
TX 3 INPUT
-7 dB HYBRID -6 dB
-7dB
TX 4 INPUT
TX 5 INPUT
Per-Channel Insertion Losses
The table at right shows the insertion loss that can be expected in a progressive hybrid combiner design. In a multichannel system (Channels 2 to 5), the insertion loss for each channel (L1 to L5 is shown). Utilising a different model coupler in each channel position allows equal insertion losses to be designed into the system at optimum values per channel.
Channels
L1
L2
L3
L4
L5
2
3.0
3.0
-
-
-
3
4.8
4.8
4.8
-
-
4
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
-
5
7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
Example 2 : Combining multiple transmitters in a "branching" combiner OUTPUT -3 dB HYBRID
-3 dB HYBRID
TX 1 INPUT
TX 2 INPUT
-3 dB HYBRID
TX 3 INPUT
TX 4 INPUT
Per-Channel Insertion Losses
The table at right shows the insertion loss that can be expected in a branching hybrid combiner design. In some multi-channel configurations (i.e. 3 or 5 channel), the insertions losses will be higher than in a equivalent progressive design as shown above
Channels
L1
L2
L3
L4
L5
2
3.0
3.0
-
-
-
3
6.0
6.0
6.0
-
-
4
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
-
5
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
In a branching combiner design, some ports may need to be terminated and remain unused to ensure that all channels have the same insertion loss in the system. Alternatively, the individual channel's transmitters may have their output power adjusted to achieve the same result if an unbalanced architecture is utilised. The advantage of the branching design is that all couplers are of the same coupling rating, thereby assisting spares holdings and ongoing system support. The disadvantage of a branching design is that per-channel insertion losses are often higher than in designs using progressive techniques.
www.rfi.com.au 145
System Products Hybrid/Directional Couplers
TUNNEL F
2-WAY SPLITTER
TUNNEL E
DIRECTIONAL COUPLER TUNNEL D
DIRECTIONAL COUPLER
SYSTEM EQUIPMENT
TUNNEL C
DIRECTIONAL COUPLER TUNNEL A
TUNNEL B
Typical Application - Using Directional Coupler to evenly distribute signals in a mine. A different model directional coupler may be used in each position in the above example to equalise the signal attenuators within the design to provide a more balanced performance throughout the mine. Using directional couplers instead of fixed power dividers provides the flexibility to branch signals at specific ratios to better meet design values and more accurately equalise overall design performance.
www.rfi.com.au 146
System Products Hybrid/Directional Couplers Electrical Model
Frequency Range Sampled (MHz)
Coupling Level (dB)
Port-Port Isolation
SP0608-2103-11
66-88
-3
SP1317-2110-11
-10
SP1317-2115-11
-15
SP1317-2120-11
-20
SP1317-2130-11
-30
SP1317-2150-11
Power Rating (watts)
Ports
Notes
>25db
300
Dual
1.
>30db
10
Single
2.
300
Dual
1.
10
Single
2.
Power Rating (watts)
Ports
Notes
10
Single
2.
>25db
300
Dual
1.
125
Single
2.
100
Dual
1.
25
Single
2.
-50 132-174
SP1317-2203-11
-3
SP1317-2204-11
-4.8
SP1317-2206-11
-6
SP1317-2207-11
-7
SP1317-2210-11
-10
SP1447-2115-11
Return Loss (VSWR)
148-174 / 450-470
>25db
20db(1.22:1)
-15
SP2225-2210-11
-10
SP2225-2215-11
-15 >30db 225-250
SP2225-2220-11
-20
SP2225-2230-11
-30
SP2225-2250-11
-50
Model
Frequency Range Sampled (MHz)
Coupling Level (dB)
SP4054-2110-11
-10
SP4054-2115-11
-15
SP4054-2120-11
-20
SP4054-2130-11
-30
SP4054-2150-11
-50
SP4054-2203-11
-3
SP4054-2204-11
Port-Port Isolation
Return Loss (VSWR)
>30db
-4.8
20db (1.22:1)
400-540 SP4054-2206-11
-6
SP4054-2207-11
-7
SP4054-2210-11
-10
SP4054-2215-11
-15
SP4054-2220-11
-20
SP4054-2230-11
-30
SP4054-2205-11
-4 to -10 adj.
-
-10 to -19
>20db
SP0554-2210-11 50-540 SP0554-2111-11
(1.35:1)
www.rfi.com.au 147
System Products Hybrid/Directional Couplers Electrical Model
Frequency Range Sampled (MHz)
Coupling Level (dB)
Port-Port Isolation
Return Loss (VSWR)
Power Rating (watts)
Ports
Notes
SP8090-2203-31
800-900
-3.2
20 - 30db
(1.06:1)
850
Dual
1.
10
Single
2.
>25db
300
Dual
2.
>18db
100
Dual
1.
350
Dual
1.
SP8010-2110-11
-10
SP8010-2115-11
-15
SP8010-2120-11
-20
SP8010-2130-11
-30
SP8010-2150-11
-50
SP8010-2203-11
-3
SP8010-2204-11
800-1000
-4.8
SP8010-2206-11
-6
SP8010-2207-11
-7
SP8010-2210-11
-10
SP8010-2215-11
-15
SP8010-2220-11
-20
SP8010-2230-11
-30
SP8025-2203-11
-3
SP8025-2106-11
-6
SP8025-2110-11
>30db
20db(1.22:1)
-10 800-2500
SP8025-2115-11
-15
SP8025-2120-11
-20
SP8025-2130-11
-30
SP1310-2203-11
-3
SP1310-2204-11
-4.8
20db(1.22:1)
SP1310-2206-11
>25dB
-6 132-1000
SP1310-2207-11
-7
SP1310-2210-11
-10
SP1310-2230-11
-30
Notes: 1.
Units are supplied without a termination on the coupling termination port. A load should be ordered to match the power rating of operation using the following recommended formula; (Coupling Loss of Input Power) x 2 i.e. 10db of 100watts = 10watts x 2 = 20watts minimum load
2.
Tuned within band for a 3% operating bandwidth. Coupling level adjustment range varies slightly across band.
Please consult dedicated product briefs for detailed specifications.
www.rfi.com.au 148
System Products Hybrid/Directional Couplers Mechanical Model SP0608-2103-11 SP1317-2103-11
Dimensions (LxWxH)
Temp. Range
Weight kg/lb
Connectors
460 x 64 x 60 18.1 x 2.5 x 2.5
SP1317-2104-11 1.3 / 2.9 SP1317-2106-11 SP1317-2107-11
435 x 64 x 60 17.1 x 2.5 x 2.4
SP1317-2110-11 SP1447-2115-11
Contact RFI
SP4054-2103-11 SP4054-2104-11 SP4054-2106-11
90 x 64 x 60 3.5 x 3 x 10.75
0.7 / 1.5
SP4054-2107-11 SP4054-2110-11 SP4054-2115-11 N female SP4054-2120-11 SP4054-2130-11 SP4054-2105-11
Contact RFI 273 x 89 x 75 3.54 x 2.5 x 2.4
SP0554-2110-11 SP0554-2111-11 SP8010-2103-11 -30 to +60° C -22 to +140° F
SP8010-2104-11 SP8010-2106-11 SP8010-2107-11
128 x 64 x 60 5 x 2.5 x 2.4
0.6 / 1.3
SP8010-2110-11 SP8010-2115-11 SP8010-2120-11 SP8010-2130-11 SP8025-2103-11 SP8025-2106-11
N female 20 x 53 x 132 mm 0.8 x 2.1 x 5.2 in
SP8025-2110-11
0.5 / 1.1 N female (7/16 DIN on request)
SP8025-2115-11 SP8025-2120-11 SP8025-2130-11 SP1310-2203-11 SP1310-2204-11 SP1310-2206-11 SP1310-2207-11
470 x 64 x 64 mm 18.5 x 2.5 x 2.5 in
1.3 / 2.9
N female
SP1310-2210-11 SP1310-2230-11
www.rfi.com.au 149
System Products Isolators/Circulators Circulators allow the directional control of signal paths between respective ports of the device. In particular configurations with one port terminated into a dummy load, a Circulator is also known as an Isolator. Two or more units may be cascaded in a design to enhance performance characteristics. Models are available for applications across the frequency range 50-2500MHz.
• Suits analogue and digital technologies
Isolators
• Isolating and protecting transmitter outputs from high VSWR • Separating transmit and receive signal paths in simplex multicoupling applications • Controlling the direction of signal flow in some combining applications Circulators
A Circulator is typically a three port device that allows signals to flow between two adjacent ports, but in only one direction. This feature can be particularly useful in isolating signals from each other in particular applications. When one port is terminated into a dummy load, a Circulator can be used to isolate a transmitter from reverse power created by a mismatched termination. In this application a Circulator is known as an Isolator, and prevents returned signals caused by the high VSWR from being returned to the transmitter power amplifier, where it can mix with other signals causing intermodulation products and possible interference. Models are available in different frequency bands and with different power ratings to suit a variety of applications.
Extra Reading For some additional information on the use of Isolators and Circulators, please read the following Seminar Subjects papers - An Elementary Introduction to Ferrite Isolators, Circulators and RF Loads. This document can be found on our web site, or contact us to organise a copy to be sent out to you. Typical models are shown. Other models are available upon request. Please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further details.
www.rfi.com.au 150
System Products Isolators/Circulators Electrical Frequency Bands Coupled (MHz)
Typ. Loss (dB)
Typ. Isolation
SP0608-3100-11
66-88
0.30
35dB
150
SP1013-3100-11
108-136
0.30
35dB
150
SP1317-3100-11
132-174
0.30
35dB
150
SP2225-3100-11
220-250
0.30
35dB
150
SP3336-3100-11
330-360
0.30
35dB
150
SP3640-3100-11
360-400
0.30
35dB
150
SP4044-3100-11
400-440
0.30
35dB
150
SP4448-3100-11
440-480
0.30
35dB
150
SP4852-3100-11
480-520
0.30
35dB
150
SP5256-3100-11
520-560
0.30
35dB
150
SP8287-3100-11
820-870
0.25
35dB
100
SP8792-3100-11
870-920
0.25
35dB
100
SP9296-3100-11
920-960
0.25
35dB
100
SP0608-3105-11
66-88
0.30
35dB
150
SP1013-3105-11
108-136
0.30
35dB
150
SP1317-3115-11
132-174
0.30
35dB
150
SP2225-3105-11
220-250
0.30
35dB
150
SP3336-3115-11
330-370
0.30
35dB
150
SP3640-3115-11
360-400
0.30
35dB
SP4044-3115-11
400-440
0.30
35dB
SP4448-3115-11
440-480
0.30
35dB
150
SP4852-3115-11
480-520
0.30
35dB
150
SP5256-3115-11
520-560
0.30
35dB
150
SP8287-3115-11
820-870
0.25
35dB
100
SP8792-3115-11
870-920
0.25
35dB
100
SP9296-3115-11
920-960
0.25
35dB
100
SP0608-3205-11
66-88
0.60
70dB
150
SP1013-3205-11
108-136
0.60
70dB
150
SP1317-3215-11
132-174
0.60
70dB
150
SP2225-3205-11
220-250
0.60
70dB
150
SP3336-3215-11
330-360
0.60
70dB
150
SP3640-3215-11
360-400
0.60
70dB
150
SP4044-3215-11
400-440
0.60
70dB
150
SP4448-3215-11
440-480
0.60
70dB
150
SP4852-3215-11
480-520
0.60
70dB
150
SP5256-3215-11
520-560
0.60
70dB
150
SP8287-3215-11
820-870
0.50
70dB
100
SP8792-3215-11
870-920
0.50
70dB
100
SP9296-3215-11
920-960
0.50
70dB
100
Model
Return Loss/ VSWR
Power Rating (watts)
Imped.
Load Rating
Single Circulators
None fitted
Single Isolators
<1.22:1
150 150
50 Ohms
250W Integral
Dual Isolators
250W Integral
Dual and triple circulators may be created by cascading multiple single models. Please consult dedicated product briefs for detailed specifications. Other bands available on request
www.rfi.com.au 151
System Products Isolators/Circulators Mechanical Model
Dimensions (HxWxL mm/inches approx)
Temp. Range
Weight kg/lb
Connectors
Single Circulators All Models
43 / 1.7
115 / 4.5
110 / 4.33
Single Isolators All Models
43 / 1.7
115 / 4.5
110 / 4.33
43 / 1.7
176 / 6.93
110 / 4.33
0.98 / 2.15 -40 to +70° C -40 to +160° F
N female (Input / Output) 0.98 / 2.15
SMA Female (Sampling Ports)
Dual Isolators All Models
1.65 / 3.63
This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.
If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here, please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!
www.rfi.com.au 152
System Products Low Pass/Harmonic Filters Low Pass and Harmonic filters are used to control unwanted components of a signal. Models are available in a range of frequencies and response styles across the frequency range 601000MHz. Our range of Low Pass and Harmonic filters is ideally suited for multicoupling, distributed antenna and radiating cable systems, testing and other laboratory purposes.
• Suits analogue and digital technologies • Reduce harmonic signal levels from non-linear devices • Suppress unwanted or interfering signals • Controlling the direction of signal flow in some combining applications Harmonic Filters
RFI filters are especially designed to assist in the prevention and suppression of unwanted signals in multicoupling systems, at frequencies from 60MHz to 1000MHz. In particular, non-linear devices such as RF Power Amplifiers, circulators and hybrid couplers can produce significant amounts of harmonic power. These harmonics can contribute to the generation of third-order intermodulation products when passed, and then mixed, with other signals. For this reason, either a low pass, harmonic or cavity filter should always be inserted between the non-linear device and the rest of the multicoupling or antenna system In addition, notch style filters may be more appropriate to reduce strong signals close to wanted signals in multicoupling designs or to allow test equipment to safely display such signals during measurement or faultfinding activities. Typical models are shown. Other models are available upon request. Please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further details.
www.rfi.com.au 153
System Products Low Pass/Harmonic Filters Electrical Model
Carrier Frequency (MHz)
SP1317-1501-11
132-174
SP4054-1503-11
400-540
SP8010-1505-11
800-960
SP1317-1507-11
132-174
SP4054-1509-11
400-540
SP8010-1511-11
800-960
Sections
2nd Harmonic Attenuation
Single
>30dB
Double
Style
Insertion Loss
Return Loss/ VSWR
Power Rating
Imped.
Notch
0.02dB
>20db / 1.22:1
600 watts
50 Ohms
>60dB
Mechanical Model
Dimensions mm/in
Temp. Range
Weight kg/lbs
Finish
Connectors
60 x 75 x 48 2.4 x 3 x 1.9
-30 to +55 deg C. -22 to +140 deg F.
0.13 / 0.3
Passivated aluminium
N male (input) N female (output)
SP1317-1501-11 SP4054-1503-11 SP8010-1505-11 SP1317-1507-11 SP4054-1509-11 SP8010-1511-11
This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.
If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here, please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!
www.rfi.com.au 154
System Products Power Dividers/Splitters Power Dividers (Splitters) allow signals to be evenly distributed across several paths. In addition, they can be used as a combining device in some applications. Models are available in both low power units and high power versions, across the frequencies from below 10MHz to 5.8GHz. They are available in configurations from 2-way to 16-way, and broadband models are also available to provide flexibility in designs catering for multi-band signal distribution. Our range of Power Dividers/Splitters is suitable for multicoupling and distributed antenna and radiating cable systems, in addition to testing and other laboratory purposes. High Power Model
• Suits analogue and digital technologies • Low and high power versions available • Distribute or combine signals in systems and testing applications • Reduce signals to designed levels
Low Power Model
The Power Divider/Splitter is a multi-port device - usually known as input, and output (n) ports respectively. The same device may be used to divide signals evenly across multiple paths or to combine signals, when it is commonly referred to as a Passive Combiner. Fundamentally it is the same device with only the application changing. When used as a Power Divider/Splitter, the device allows a signal to be evenly distributed across multiple paths. Due to its design, the insertion loss in each of the paths will be identical. As a Passive Combiner, the device is used in "reverse" with multiple paths being combined into a single port. This combining approach may be used in certain applications where the resultant isolation of the combined signals can be externally controlled or where the need for higher isolation values may not be relevant. Due to its design, the loss in each of the combined paths will be identical. In testing environments, these devices allow signals to be divided and then routed to multiple locations, or combined from multiple sources to a common output - as per testing requirements. Low and high power versions are available, as well as broadband models for multi-band distribution requirements. Typical models are shown. Other models are available upon request. Please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further details.
www.rfi.com.au 155
System Products Power Dividers/Splitters Electrical Model
Frequency (MHz)
Paths
Insertion Loss
Return Loss (VSWR)
Power Rating (Watts)
SP0154-5102-11
5-540MHz
2
<3.8db
14dB(1.5:1)
125
SP0154-5202-11
5-540MHz
2
<3.8db
14dB(1.5:1)
Rx Only
SP0154-5204-11
5-540MHz
4
<6.5db
14dB(1.5:1)
Rx Only
2
<3.2db
14dB(1.5:1)
800
SP1317-5104-11
4
<6.5db
14dB(1.5:1)
1000
SP4054-5102-11
2
<3.5db
20dB(1.2:1)
500
4
<6.4db
23dB(1.5:1)
1000
SP4054-5103-11
3
<5db
20dB(1.2:1) over 6% of BW
600
SP8010-5202-11
2
<3.8db
14dB(1.5:1)
Rx Only
4
<6.5db
14dB(1.5:1)
Rx Only
SP8010-5102-11
2
<3.2db
20dB(1.2:1)
500
SP8010-5103-11
3
<5.1db
20dB(1.2:1)
500
SP8025-5102-11
2
<3.5db
14dB(1.5:1)
200
3
<5.5db
14dB(1.5:1)
200
4
<7.0db
14dB(1.5:1)
200
SP1317-5102-11
Imped.
132-174MHz
SP4054-5104-11
400-540
SP8010-5204-11
50 Ohms
800-1000
SP8025-5103-11
800-2500
SP8025-5104-11
Notes: Please consult dedicated product briefs for detailed specifications.
Mechanical Model
Dimensions mm/in
SP0154-5102-11
48 x 25 x 95 1.9 x 1 x 3.75
SP0154-5202-11
Temp. Range
Weight kg/lbs 0.47 / 1.0 0.2 / 0.46
SP0154-5204-11
95 x 25 x 108 3.75 x 1 x 4.25
0.4 / 0.88
SP1317-5102-11
41 x 110 x 130 1.6 x 4.25 x 5.1
0.47 / 1.0
SP1317-5104-11
41 x 270 x 130 1.6 x 10.6 x 5.1
1.0 / 2.2
SP4054-5102-11
41 x 110 x 130 1.6 x 4.25 x 5.1
0.47 / 1.0
SP4054-5104-11
41 x 270 x 130 1.6 x 10.6 x 5.1
1.0 / 2.2
SP4054-5103-11
41 x 220 x 130 1.6 x 8.6 x 5.1
SP8010-5202-11
48 x 25 x 95 1.9 x 1 x 3.75
0.21 / 0.46
SP8010-5204-11
95 x 25 x 108 3.75 x 1 x 4.25
0.4 / 0.88
SP8010-5102-11
41 x 110 x 130 1.6 x 4.25 x 5.1
0.47 / 1.0
SP8010-5103-11
41 x 220 x 130 1.6 x 8.6 x 5.1
0.65 / 1.43
SP8025-5102-11 SP8025-5103-11
23 x 50 x 110 1 x 2 x 4.25
Connectors
-30 to +70 C -22 to +160 F
N female
0.65 / 1.43
0.3 / 0.6
N female (7/16 DIN on request)
SP8025-5104-11
www.rfi.com.au 156
System Products RF Loads, Terminations and Attenuators RF Loads and Terminations are used to correctly terminate coaxial cables, multicoupling devices and test equipment. RF Attenuators are used to reduce signals to a design level. They are also used to reduce high powered signals to lower levels to prevent overload or damage to other devices or test equipment. Models are available in a range of power handling ratings and connector styles across the frequency range DC - 2500MHz. Our range of RF Loads, Terminations and Attenuators are ideally suited for multicoupling, distributed antenna and radiating cable systems, testing and other laboratory purposes. 25W Load
• Termination of unused ports on multicoupling devices • General purpose termination or attenuation of multicoupling devices, cables and other systems components • Suited to test equipment applications 100W Load
RFI supplies a range of natural convection, air cooled dry RF Loads, Terminations and Attenuators. RF Terminations are designed as general purpose, low power terminations to be used to correctly terminate unused ports on devices such as receiver multicouplers, etc. RF Loads are especially designed as heavy duty, precision 50ohm terminations for coaxial cables and multicoupling devices, with models available to suit requirements at various input power ratings and frequencies from DC - 2500MHz. Many of our RF Loads have power density factors (the ratio of rated power to heatsink surface area) in the range 0.54 to 0.28watts/in², in some cases three to six times lower than competitive loads of similar power ratings. They use microwave grade, thin film, pyrolytic carbon resistors that exhibit excellent power handling capability and temperature cycling characteristics, as well as low noise and low temperature coefficients. RF Attenuators are designed as general purpose attenuators to reduce signals to required levels. They are typically used in applications such as on the input of preamplifiers, test equipment, or as part of systems designs (such as bi-directional amplifiers) to prevent overload, control gain or to otherwise maintain signals levels within desired limits. Our RF Loads and Attenuators have excellent return loss over their entire operating range. They are therefore ideal for use in laboratory and field-testing applications for connection to wattmeters and other test equipment. Typical models are shown. Other models are available upon request. Please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further details.
www.rfi.com.au 157
System Products RF Loads RF Loads
Electrical Model
Frequency (MHz)
Return Loss/ VSWR
Power Rating (Watts)
SP0000-6005-11
5
SP0000-6025-11
25
SP0000-6060-11
DC-1000
>30dB / 1.05:1 @ 1-1000MHz
60
SP0000-6100-11
100
SP0000-6250-11
250
SP0000-6001-12
1
SP0000-6005-12
5
SP0000-6010-12
50 Ohms
10
>26dB / 1.1 :1 @ 1-1000MHz
SP0000-6015-12
Imped.
15
DC-2400 SP0000-6025-12
25
>20dB / 1.2:1 @ 1-2200MHz
SP0000-6060-12
60
SP0000-6100-12
100
SP0000-6150-12
150 Notes: Please consult dedicated product briefs for detailed specifications.
Mechanical Model
Dimensions (mm/inches)
SP0000-6005-11
33H x 38 ∅ 1.3H x1.5
Temp. Range
Weight kg/lbs
Finish
Connectors
Gold passivated aluminium
N male
Black Anodised Aluminium
N male (others on request)
0.085 / 0.18 0.275 / 0.6 0.5 / 1.1 SP0000-6025-11
129H x 38 ∅ 5H x 1.5
SP0000-6060-11
160L x 99W x41H 6.3L x 3.9W x 1.6H
SP0000-6100-11
160L x 99W x74H 6.3L x 3.9W x 2.9H
0.975 / 1.3
1.8 / 3.95
SP0000-6250-11 -30 to +55 deg C -22 to +140 deg F
SP0000-6001-12 SP0000-6005-12
188L x 203W x109H 7.4L x 8W x 4.3H
SP0000-6010-12 SP0000-6015-12 SP0000-6025-12
Contact RFI 110L x 38W x 38H 4.3L x 1.5W x 1.5H
SP0000-6060-12 SP0000-6100-12
120L x 51W x 51H 4.7L x 2W x 2H
SP0000-6150-12
www.rfi.com.au 158
System Products RF Terminations RF Terminations
SP0000-6004-11
SP0000-6003-11
SP0000-6002-11
SP0000-6001-11
Electrical Model
Frequency (MHz)
Return Loss / VSWR
DC-1000
30dB / 1.05:1
Power Rating (watts)
SP0000-6001-11
Impedance
0.5 (Rx Only) 50 Ohms
SP0000-6002-11
0.5 (Rx Only)
SP0000-6003-11
VHF/UHF
SP0000-6004-11
800MHz
N/A
N/A
T-Pass® Short Circuit
Notes: Please consult dedicated product briefs for detailed specifications.
Mechanical Model
Dimensions
SP0000-6001-11
BNC male Connector Housing
SP0000-6002-11 SP0000-6003-11 SP0000-6004-11
N male Connector Housing
Temp. Range
Weight (gr/oz)
Finish
9 / 0.4
-30 to +60°C -22 to +140°F.
29 / 1.2 29 / 1.2
Connectors BNC male
As per connector
N male
39 / 1.6
This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.
If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here, please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!
www.rfi.com.au 159
System Products RF Attenuators RF Attenuators
SP0000-7103-00
SP0000-7014-00
SP0000-7403-02
Electrical Model
Frequency (MHz)
SP0000-7015-00
Attenuation (dB)
Power Rating
Return Loss / VSWR
Imped.
0 - 15 switched
Notes In 1dB steps
DC-2500 SP0000-7030-00 SP0000-7014-00
0 - 30 switched 132-1000
SP0000-7103-00
Rx Only
In 2dB steps
3-14 (typ)
Variable
3
SP0000-7106-00
6 DC-1000
0.5 watts
SP0000-7110-00
10
SP0000-7120-00
20
SP0000-7303-02
3
SP0000-7306-02
6
SP0000-7310-02
10
SP0000-7320-02
20
SP0000-7403-02
3
5 watts
SP0000-7406-02
6
SP0000-7410-02
10
20dB / 1.22:1 typical
50 Ohms
10 watts SP0000-7420-02
Notes 1, 2.
20 DC-2500
SP0000-7603-02
3
SP0000-7606-02
6
SP0000-7610-02
10
SP0000-7620-02
20
SP0000-7803-02
3
SP0000-7806-02
6
SP0000-7810-02
10
SP0000-7820-02
20
50 watts
100 watts
Notes: 1.
Other power and attenuation ratings and connector types are available upon request.
2.
Units may be cascaded to create alternative values.
Please consult dedicated product briefs for detailed specifications.
www.rfi.com.au 160
System Products RF Attenuators Mechanical Model
Dimensions mm / inches
Temperature Range
Weight (kg/lb)
Finish
Connectors
SP0000-7015-00 Contact RFI
Contact RFI
SP0000-7030-00 SP0000-7014-00
Contact RFI 50L x 60W x 23H 2L x 2.3W x 1H
0.066 / 0.15 BNC male/female
SP0000-7103-00 SP0000-7106-00 SP0000-7110-00
36L x 14 Ø 1.4L x 0.5 Ø
16 / 0.04
As per connector
SP0000-7120-00 SP0000-7303-02 SP0000-7306-02 SP0000-7310-02
70L x 50W x 32H 2.7L x 1.9W x 1.2H
SP0000-7320-02
-30 to +55 deg C -22 to +140 deg F.
SP0000-7403-02 SP0000-7406-02 SP0000-7410-02
125L x 36W x 34 H 4.9L x 1.4W x 1.3H
SP0000-7420-02 Contact RFI SP0000-7603-02 SP0000-7606-02 SP0000-7610-02
Matt black Anodised aluminium
N male/female (others on request)
120L x 125W x 41H 4.7L x 4.9W x 1.6H
SP0000-7620-02 SP0000-7803-02 SP0000-7806-02 SP0000-7810-02
120L x 125W x 110H 4.7L x 4.9W x 4.3H
SP0000-7820-02
www.rfi.com.au 161
Engineering Services RF Industries (RFI) offer an extensive range of research and development, design, manufacturing, installation, commissioning and related engineering services to the wireless industry. We have an extensive in-house capability to support our customers. We can offer site layout and construction advice, RF systems' design, site documentation, intermodulation and interference analysis, retuning, site and multicoupling fault-finding and reconfiguration advice. We also provide advice on the selection, design and implementation of multicoupling (and associated antennas, cabling, earthing, lightning protection, etc), and we will also carry out site visits as part of the above activities. In particular, we welcome the opportunity to work with consultants, network operators, site owners, equipment vendors and end users in the design and specifying of solutions, tender preparation, quotation responses, installation and commissioning of systems. Our objective is to provide our extensive engineering expertise and product knowledge, backed by our diverse product range and manufacturing capabilities, to support our customers in the wireless industry - across our entire product portfolio. If you would like to access these specialist resources please do not hesitate to contact your local RFI sales office for further assistance.
162
Engineering Services RFI offers a range of engineering activities to support our customers, our products, and their use. We are committed to our customers, and we value the contribution we can make to our customer's business. To this end, we offer the following support services to the wireless industry; RFI already supply all the component families required to construct communications sites. This includes antennas and rigging hardware, cables and connectors and related hardware, earthing and lightning protection equipment, multicoupling and related installation hardware, and power supplies - including solar and battery systems. We have over twenty years of experience supplying and supporting some of the world's leading brands of wireless infrastructure products. Backed up by our own in-house engineering and manufacturing capabilities, we have an acknowledged expertise in the wireless industry. To ensure the successful use of the products we supply, we offer a range of design consultation services to assist site designers and constructors understand the many facets of the correct choice, installation and use of our products.
Site Layout and Construction Advice When you are designing your communications sites RFI can assist you with; ·
the correct choice of antenna type to suit the environmental operating conditions and network coverage/performance objectives of a particular site,
·
the optimum cable size/type for the intended application, and the associated hardware recommended for its installation and mounting.
·
suitable earthing and/or lightning protection equipment for the proposed installation and site locality,
·
the selection, design, and implementation of a suitable filtering or multicoupling solution,
·
the identification, selection, dimensioning, design and implementation of suitable power systems to cater for the operational, geographical and environmental characteristics of the proposed site.
RF Systems Design Wireless systems design can often be a complex task. Successful multicoupling solutions can require careful consideration of many variables. These include: local frequency spectrum allocation guidelines, RF congestion, frequency re-use, the presence of adjacent and co-sited services, antenna location and orientation, equipment and network performance criteria, intermodulation and other interference issues, local environmental characteristics and existing RF conditions. RFI design and supply multicoupling solutions that we guarantee to perform. Coupled with our in-depth knowledge and experience in the application of off-theshelf products is a comprehensive in-house engineering capability in design and commissioning of custom multicoupling solutions. Our factory's manufacturing capability allows us to combine the best of our products and services to assemble the ideal multicoupling solution for each and every customer application - no matter how simple or complex they may be.
163
Engineering Services Site Documentation When we supply a multicoupling system to our customers, we incorporate it into our internal site documentation file register. We maintain this register for the life of a system and/or site. We record the system that was supplied, any applicable frequencies, measured performance results, and any other configuration characteristics that have been implemented into the system. Over time, as the system is expanded or reconfigured, we update these records to reflect such changes - as and when they are ordered. In this way, we maintain an accurate "snapshot" of each multicoupling system we have supplied to our customers. We refer to these records to assist in the recommendation and designing of future system changes. We provide an updated copy of these "asbuilt" records (along with actual measurement test results from the factory) with each system addition or change as it is supplied, and many of our customers now utilise our Site Records as their own reference documentation for their sites.
Intermodulation and Interference Analysis The wireless environment is becoming ever more congested. It is increasingly challenging to introduce and operate frequencies into communications environments without suffering the effects of some form of interference. At RFI we can offer in-house engineering support to evaluate the likely interaction between actual and/or proposed frequencies on a site. This evaluation assists in the identification of likely intermodulation or other interference issues, and allows us to incorporate adequate measures into site layout or multicoupling designs to ensure such performance-impacting issues are minimised. Our in depth knowledge of the relevant engineering and performance criteria for analogue and digital technologies across a diverse range of end-use applications, and their interaction across multiple frequency bands, allows us to bring an acknowledged level of expertise to the evaluation of interference probabilities, and the design and implementation of suitable reduction measures.
Retuning Operational requirements on communications sites often change with time. Sometimes customer's frequencies change or new frequencies need to be incorporated onto the site. This may require window preselectors and other multicoupling components that are currently in service on the site to be retuned or re-configured. Alternatively, it may be preferred to re-deploy surplus multicoupling to accommodate such change. RFI offer both "return-to-factory" and "on-site" retuning services to meet the various site reconfiguration and expansion requirements of our customers.
Site and Multicoupling Fault-finding, Analysis and Reconfiguration Our comprehensive experience and engineering capability across the breadth of our product range means that we can evaluate problems anywhere on a communications site. We can draw on the diversity of knowledge and experience within our organisation (and that of our major supplier partners) to provide a comprehensive fault-finding, analysis and re-configuration advice capability to our customers. We can provide assistance over the telephone or email and, if required, we can also carry out site visits to evaluate specific problem situations. We will prepare reports and recommend actions to rectify problems that we identify. For further information on any of these supporting services, please contact your nearest RFI sales office for assistance. 164
Mounting Hardware RFI offer a range of mounting hardware and other accessories to support the use of our multicoupling products. These items are also used in our factory during the assembly of many of our multicoupler products and systems. This range includes metalwork, mounting brackets, hose clamps, cable assemblies and associated hardware items. The products represented in this catalogue are a sampling of the range of items that we can provide. In addition, we design and supply customised metalwork to suit unique mounting and operational requirements. Corporate colour schemes and logos can also be added to most metalwork upon request. If you cannot find what you require in these pages, please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance.
165
Mounting Hardware Installation Accessories T-Pass® Peg Rack The open, volumetrically efficient, arrangement of the Peg Rack assembly securely holds up to 23 T-Pass® channel assemblies, allowing unrestricted access to all system parts, tuning adjustments and test points. T-Pass® channel assemblies are attached with stainless steel clamps to four support "pegs" and become an integral part of the Peg Rack structure. Excellent mechanical strength is achieved with a minimum of support members. A typical Peg Rack is around 75% lighter than a 19inch cabinet of equivalent capacity. This results in a large reduction in shipping costs. More than one multicoupler system can be installed in one Peg Rack. For this reason we offer various options and accessories to suit most likely mounting configurations. In addition adapter plates are available to provide the correct spacing to facilitate the mounting of standard 483mm/19inch rack mountable items (such as receiver preselectors, etc) into these peg racks. Peg Racks provide a simple and secure mounting for our expandable cavity multicoupler systems. They are constructed of alodined aluminium except for the steel gussets, cavity support pegs, and bolts, washers and nuts. Shipment is usually made in kit form to reduce freight costs and final assembly completed on site. Standard configurations are presented but custom configurations and mounting styles can also be provided to suit non-standard installation conditions. All kits are supplied with comprehensive assembly instructions. T-Pass® Peg Racks are also suitable to use to mount our other 168mm (6.625”) and 254mm (10”) cavity-based combiners and systems.
Mounting Style - T-Pass® Peg Rack
This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.
If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here, please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!
www.rfi.com.au 166
Mounting Hardware Installation Accessories T-Pass® Peg Rack Model
Description
HW0304-6001-11
Dimensions mm/in L
W
H
Suits up to 15 - 168mm/6.625in VHF 30-40MHz ¼ wave cavities
3355/132
610/24
1660/65.25
HW0405-6001-11
Suits up to 15 - 168mm/6.625in VHF 38-50MHz ¼ wave cavities
2570/101
610/24
1660/65.25
HW0608-6001-11
Suits up to 15 - 168mm/6.625in VHF 66-88MHz ¼ wave cavities
1652/65
610/24
1660/65.25
HW0608-6002-11
Suits up to 23 - 168mm/6.625in VHF 66-88MHz ¼ wave cavities
1652/65
610/24
2200/86.5
HW0608-6003-11
Suits up to 13 - 254mm/10in VHF 66-88MHz ¼ wave cavities
1702/67
610/24
2020/79.5
HW0810-6001-11
Suits up to 15 - 168mm/6.625in VHF 88-108MHz ¼ wave cavities
1195/47
610/24
1660/65.25
HW0810-6002-11
Suits up to 23 - 168mm/6.625in VHF 88-108MHz ¼ wave cavities
1195/47
610/24
2200/86.5
HW0810-6003-11
Suits up to 13 - 254mm/10in VHF 88-108MHz ¼ wave cavities
1297/51
610/24
2020/79.5
HW1013-6001-11
Suits up to 15 - 168mm/6.625in VHF 108-136MHz ¼ wave cavities
1068/42
610/24
1660/65.25
HW1013-6002-11
Suits up to 23 - 168mm/6.625in VHF 108-136MHz ¼ wave cavities
1068/42
610/24
2200/86.5
HW1013-6003-11
Suits up to 13 - 254mm/10in VHF 108-136MHz ¼ wave cavities
1068/44
610/24
2020/79.5
HW1315-6001-11
Suits up to 15 - 168mm/6.625in VHF 132-150MHz ¼ wave cavities
865/34
610/24
1660/65.25
HW1315-6002-11
Suits up to 23 - 168mm/6.625in VHF 132-150MHz ¼ wave cavities
865/34
610/24
2200/86.5
HW1315-6003-11
Suits up to 13 - 254mm/10in VHF 132-150MHz ¼ wave cavities
956/38
610/24
2020/79.5
HW1417-6001-11
Suits up to 15 - 168mm/6.625in VHF 144-174MHz ¼ wave cavities
827/32.5
610/24
1660/65.25
HW1417-6002-11
Suits up to 23 - 168mm/6.625in VHF 144-174MHz ¼ wave cavities
827/32.5
610/24
2200/86.5
HW1417-6003-11
Suits up to 13 - 254mm/10in VHF 144-174MHz ¼ wave cavities
865/34
610/24
2020/79.5
HW1625-6001-11
Suits up to 15 - 168mm/6.625in VHF 168-250MHz ¼ wave cavities
827/32.5
610/24
1660/65.25
HW1625-6002-11
Suits up to 23 - 168mm/6.625in VHF 168-250MHz ¼ wave cavities
827/32.5
610/24
2200/86.5
HW2030-6001-11
Suits up to 15 - 168mm/6.625in VHF 200-300MHz ¼ wave cavities
636/25
610/24
1660/65.25
HW2030-6002-11
Suits up to 23 - 168mm/6.625in VHF 200-300MHz ¼ wave cavities
636/25
610/24
2200/86.5
HW2030-6003-11
Suits up to 13 - 254mm/10in VHF 200-300MHz ¼ wave cavities
662/26
610/24
2020/79.5
HW3040-6001-11
Suits up to 15 - 168mm/6.625in UHF 300-400MHz ¼ wave cavities
535/21
610/24
1660/65.25
HW3040-6002-11
Suits up to 23 - 168mm/6.625in UHF 300-400MHz ¼ wave cavities
535/21
610/24
2200/86.5
HW3040-6003-11
Suits up to 13 - 254mm/10in UHF 300-400MHz ¼ wave cavities
560/22
610/24
2020/79.5
HW3855-6001-11
Suits up to 15 - 168mm/6.625in UHF 380-550MHz ¼ wave cavities
446/17.5
610/24
1660/65.25
HW3855-6002-11
Suits up to 23 - 168mm/6.625in UHF 380-550MHz ¼ wave cavities
446/17.5
610/24
2200/86.5
HW3855-6003-11
Suits up to 13 - 254mm/10in UHF 380-550MHz ¼ wave cavities
471/18.5
610/24
2020/79.5
HW4053-6001-11
Suits up to 15 - 168mm/6.625in UHF 400-530MHz ¾ wave cavities
827/32.5
610/24
1660/65.25
HW4053-6002-11
Suits up to 23 - 168mm/6.625in UHF 400-530MHz ¾ wave cavities
827/32.5
610/24
2200/86.5
HW4053-6003-11
Suits up to 13 - 254mm/10in UHF 400-530MHz ¾ wave cavities
865/34
610/24
2020/79.5
HW8010-6001-11
Suits up to 15 - 168mm/6.625in 800-1000MHz ¾ wave cavities
230/9
610/24
1660/65.25
HW8010-6002-11
Suits up to 23 - 168mm/6.625in 800-1000MHz ¾ wave cavities
230/9
610/24
2200/86.5
HW0000-6001-11
19 inch Rack Adapter - Converts part of Peg Rack to 5RU mounting (Set of two plates)
N/A
N/A
N/A
Notes: Dimensions above include overhang of cavity plungers at maximum extension.
www.rfi.com.au 167
Mounting Hardware Cavity Mounting RFI provides a range of mounting hardware and accessories to mount our cavity filters into standard 483mm (19inch) rack spacing. A range of mounting brackets, adapter plates and associated hardware is available, and in addition RFI will custom design and manufacture metalwork and enclosures to suit project or product specific cosmetic, mounting and environmental requirements. Metalwork can also be provided in customised colour schemes or with company logos if desired.
• Available to suit all cavity styles and sizes • Custom design and manufacturing available • Corporate colours and logo labelling available
HW0000-3021-11
HW0000-3012-11
HW0000-3011-11
HW0000-3001-11
Model
Description
HW0000-3001-11
483mm (19inch) rack rails to suit up to 4 x 100mm (4inch) cavities (Set of 2)
HW0000-3011-11
3RU 483mm (19inch) anodised front panel - suits 4 x 100mm (4inch) Bandpass style cavities
HW0000-3012-11
3RU 483mm (19inch) anodised front panel - suits 2 x Bandpass and Vari-Notch® style 100mm (4inch) cavities
HW0000-3021-11
Set of 2 side plates to suit above rack rails and 3RU panels. Allows rear flush mount of UHF and 800MHz cavities.
HW0000-3022-11
As per HW0000-3021-11. Allows Rear Flush Mount of 132-400MHz cavities.
HW0000-3113-11
Model
Description
HW0000-3110-11
3RU Flush front panel (grey powder coated front panel with RFI logo) with bracket and hose clamp to suit 100mm (4”) cavity (cavity ordered separately)
HW0000-3113-11
5RU Flush front panel (grey powder coated front panel with RFI logo) with bracket and hose clamp to suit 168mm (6.625”) cavity (cavity ordered separately)
www.rfi.com.au 168
Mounting Hardware Cavity Mounting
HW0000-2432-11
HW0000-2451-11
HW0000-2452-11
HW0000-2402-11
Model
Description
HW0000-2431-11
483mm (19inch) front, centre or rear mount rack bar and hose clamps (Set of 2) - suits 100mm (4inch) cavities
HW0000-2432-11
483mm (19inch) front, centre or rear mount rack bar and hose clamps (Set of 2) - suits 168mm (6.625inch) cavities
HW0000-2441-11
483mm (19inch) centre mount rack bar and hose clamps (Set of 2) - suits 2 x 100mm (4inch) cavities
HW0000-2442-11
483mm (19inch) centre mount rack bar and hose clamps (Set of 2) - suits 4 x 100mm (4inch) cavities
HW0000-2451-11
483mm (19inch) centre mount rack bar and hose clamps (Set of 2) - suits 2 x 168mm (6.625inch) cavities
HW0000-2452-11
483mm (19inch) centre mount rack bar and hose clamps (Set of 2) - suits 4 x 168mm (6.625inch) cavities
HW0000-2461-11
Piggy-back brackets and hose clamps (Set of 2) - suits 100mm (4inch) cavities
HW0000-2462-11
Piggy-back brackets and hose clamps (Set of 2) - suits 168mm (6.625inch) cavities
HW0000-2401-11
10RU flush front panel c/w brackets and hose clamps - suits 1 or 2 x 168mm (6.625inch) cavities (use with piggy-back bracket kits above to expand above initial 2 cavities)
HW0000-2402-11
10RU flush front panel c/w brackets and hose clamps - suits 3 or 4 x 168mm (6.625inch) cavities (use with piggy-back bracket kits above to expand above initial 2 cavities)
HW0000-2403-11
10RU flush front panel c/w brackets and hose clamps - suits 5 or 6 x 168mm (6.625inch) cavities (use with piggy-back bracket kits above to expand above initial 2 cavities)
HW0000-2411-11
11RU flush front panel c/w brackets and hose clamps - suits 1 or 2 x 168mm (6.625inch) cavities (use with piggy-back bracket kits above to expand above initial 2 cavities)
HW0000-2412-11
11RU flush front panel c/w brackets and hose clamps - suits 3 or 4 x 168mm (6.625inch) cavities (use with piggy-back bracket kits above to expand above initial 2 cavities)
HW0000-2413-11
11RU flush front panel c/w brackets and hose clamps - suits 5 or 6 x 168mm (6.625inch) cavities (use with piggy-back bracket kits above to expand above initial 2 cavities)
HW0000-2421-11
20RU flush front panel c/w brackets and hose clamps - suits 1 or 2 x 168mm (6.625inch) cavities (use with piggy-back bracket kits above to expand above initial 2 cavities)
HW0000-2422-11
20RU flush front panel c/w brackets and hose clamps - suits 3 or 4 x 168mm (6.625inch) cavitie (use with piggy-back bracket kits above to expand above initial 2 cavities)
HW0000-2423-11
20RU flush front panel c/w brackets and hose clamps - suits 5 or 6 x 168mm (6.625inch) cavities (use with piggy-back bracket kits above to expand above initial 2 cavities)
www.rfi.com.au 169
Mounting Hardware Cavity Mounting Miscellaneous Mounting Hardware Model
Description
HW0000-3000-11
General/wall mount bracket for cavities (hose clamp to be ordered separately)
HW0000-3100-11
Front/Rear rail mounting bracket for mounting 1-2 168mm (6.625in) cavities c/w two hoseclamps (qty 2 recommended)
HW0000-3101-11
Centre rail mounting bracket for mounting 1-4 168mm (6.625in) cavities c/w four hoseclamps (qty 2 recommended)
HW0000-3102-11
Piggy-back style mounting bracket for mounting additional 1-2 168mm (6.625in) cavities onto above models c/w four hoseclamps (qty 2 recommended)
HW0000-3200-11
Isolator mounting plate to suit Symmetry® Isolator (hose clamp to mount on cavity ordered separately)
HW0000-3201-11
Isolator mounting plate to suit TX RX® Isolator (hose clamp to mount on cavity ordered separately)
HW0000-3102-11
HW0000-3101-11
HW0000-3000-11
HW0000-3100-11
Notes: Many other mounting accessories available to suit all cavity sizes and mounting styles. Please contact your nearest RFI sales office for assistance.
Hose Clamps Model
Description
HW0000-4001-11
Stainless Steel Hose Clamp for 100mm (4inch) cavities (qty 1)
HW0000-4002-11
Stainless Steel Hose Clamp for 154mm (6inch) cavities (qty 1)
HW0000-4003-11
Stainless Steel Hose Clamp for 250mm (10inch) cavities (qty 1)
Cavity Interconnect Cables Model
Description
Dimensions
HW0000-1000-11
Replacement T-Pass® ThruLine Cable RG214 N male to N male Connectors
Frequency dependent length. Frequencies of channels above and below must be provided with order.
HW0000-1002-11
Filter Interconnection Cable - RG214 N male to N male connectors
HW0000-1003-11
Filter Interconnection Cable - RG214 N male to BNC male connectors
HW0000-1004-11
Filter Interconnection Cable - RG214 BNC male to BNC male connectors
HW0000-1102-11
Filter Interconnection Cable - RG142 N male to N male connectors
HW0000-1103-11
Filter Interconnection Cable - RG142 N male to BNC male connectors
HW0000-1104-11
Filter Interconnection Cable - RG142 BNC male to BNC male connectors
Preferred length (<1m) should be provided with order, or default 1m length will be supplied.
Notes: RFI can make pre-made cables using any cable/connector combination, and in any quantity. RFI provide many integrators and OEMs with pre-made cables to suit almost any application. Interconnection cables, antenna tails, custom cable assemblies? Please contact your nearest RFI sales office for assistance.
www.rfi.com.au 170
Mounting Hardware 483mm (19 inch) Metalwork RFI can provide a range of mounting hardware and accessories to suit 483mm (19inch) rack mounting requirements. A range of industry-standard sized front panels, open cantilever shelves and enclosed boxes is available, and in addition RFI will custom design and manufacture metalwork and enclosures to suit project or product specific cosmetic, mounting and environmental requirements. Metalwork can also be provided in customised colour schemes or with company logos if desired.
• Industry-standard sizes • Custom design and manufacturing • Corporate colours and logo labelling available
HW0000-2012-11
HW0000-2234-11
HW0000-2334-11
Model
Description
HW0000-2012-11
1RU Cantilever shelf with flush front panel (grey powder coated front panel with RFI logo) - 200mm/12in. deep
HW0000-2013-11
1RU Cantilever shelf with flush front panel (grey powder coated front panel with RFI logo) - 300mm/12in. deep
HW0000-2023-11
2RU Cantilever shelf with flush front panel (grey powder coated front panel with RFI logo) - 300mm/12in. deep
HW0000-2033-11
3RU Cantilever shelf with flush front panel (grey powder coated front panel with RFI logo) - 300mm/12in. deep
HW0000-2035-11
3RU Cantilever shelf with flush front panel (grey powder coated front panel with RFI logo) - 500mm/19.5in. deep
HW0000-2110-11
1RU Blank flush front panel (grey powder coated front panel with RFI logo)
HW0000-2120-11
2RU Blank flush front panel (grey powder coated front panel with RFI logo)
HW0000-2130-11
3RU Blank flush front panel (grey powder coated front panel with RFI logo)
HW0000-2150-11
5RU Blank flush front panel (grey powder coated front panel with RFI logo)
HW0000-2223-11
2RU Flush front panel vented lid box (grey powder coated front panel with RFI logo) 300mm/12” deep
HW0000-2234-11
3RU Flush front panel vented lid box (grey powder coated front panel with RFI logo) 400mm/15.75” deep
HW0000-2334-11
3RU Vented front panel box with vented lid and rear fan cutout (grey powder coated front panel with RFI logo) 400mm/15.75” deep
HW0000-2344-11
4RU Vented front panel box with vented lid and rear fan cutout (grey powder coated front panel with RFI logo) 400mm/15.75” deep
www.rfi.com.au 171
Technical Support RFI offer a comprehensive range of products and services to support the wireless industry. In addition we are happy to assist with the provision of relevant technical information to assist with your wireless business. The following pages contain some commonly used technical reference information that will assist in the use of the products in this catalogue. This information is supplemented by technical papers, detailed product briefs and other material located on our website. Like to find out more? Then please visit our web site at www.rfi.com.au or contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance.
REFERENCE MATERIAL Introduction to T-Pass® technology Introduction to Receiver Distribution Systems Introduction to Cavity Filter types Introduction to Duplexer types General engineering data
172
Introduction to T-Pass® technology Thousands of TXRX Systems' T-Pass® multicouplers are in use today, in applications ranging from two-repeater sites to very complex transmit/receiver multicouplers in congested multi-band radio sites. They are also in use in customised applications such as in-building and in-tunnel communications systems. The benefits of T-Pass® multicoupler technology have been proven in the toughest operating environments throughout the world. Unsurpassed ease of expansion, reliable performance and superior system design flexibility have made the T-Pass® multicoupling technology the preferred choice of radio site owners and operators.
Cavity Combining Methodologies Ordinary cavity/ferrite combiners rely upon quarter-wave cable transformers, resonant stubs and star junctions for combining groups of two, four or five channels. Mechanical problems quickly develop in the process of trying to locate several groups of cavities in close proximity to each other. Additionally, because of the frequency-sensitive, narrowband nature of cable transformers, operating bandwidth is usually restricted to about 6% of system centre frequency. T-Pass® multicoupler systems can be easily expanded one channel at a time with factory tuned, easy-to-install expansion channel assemblies. Expansion is usually accomplished without modifications to the existing system and it amounts to nothing more than placing a new channel assembly, or several, on top of the existing system. New channel frequencies can be above, below, or between existing channel frequencies.
T-Pass® principles The heart of the T-Pass® multicoupler is an innovative, patented three port cavity filter that provides two distinct, isolated signal paths. Primary Input/Output Port
Bandpass Loop
Antenna Port
}
Tunable Coaxial Cavity Filter
}
T-Pass Loop
Secondary Input/Output Port
One path, from a primary input/output to a common antenna port, exhibits a high selectivity bandpass characteristic centred at the resonant frequency of the cavity. The second path, from a secondary input/output port to the antenna port, behaves as a low-loss, 50 ohm transmission line at frequencies other than the resonant frequency of the cavity filter. The T-Pass® filter shown in the above diagram, consists of a tunable coaxial cavity filter, a bandpass coupling loop and a two-port, T-Pass® coupling loop. The single port bandpass loop is the primary input/output port. The two-port T-Pass® coupling loop has the common antenna port (top) and the secondary input/output port (bottom).
173
Technical Support Introduction to T-Pass® technology
A typical T-Pass® transmitter multicoupler channel
T-Pass® System Expansion Electrical and mechanical expandability is an inherent characteristic of T-Pass® multicoupler technology.
Starting a T-Pass® system A T-Pass® multicoupling system can be started with a single channel. One of the T-Pass® coupling loop connections is terminated with a short-circuit as future expansion below this first channel, whilst possible, is unlikely as this cavity is commonly fitted at the bottom of a T-Pass® Peg Rack, so that expansion channels can be easily installed above it.
TX1
C1 1.5 SC
Starting a T-Pass® system - the first channel
Expanding a T-Pass® system T-Pass® multicoupler expansion amounts to nothing more than installing an expansion channel assembly, or several, on top of an existing system - creating a "stack". Each expansion channel assembly is factory-tuned to the new channel frequency and delivered with a thruline cable that is cut to length to "match" the new C3 TX3 channel frequency to the existing system. 1.5 Many channels can be added in this fashion with practical limits on the maximum number of channels dictated by site conditions such as C2 intermodulation considerations, mechanical assembly limits and TX2 maximum allowable insertion losses for each application. 1.5 Nothing changes in the existing system as each new channel is C1 added and, unless the frequency of a new channel is very close to an TX1 existing one, it is normally not necessary to retune any of the 1.5 SC channels after expansion. Expansion channels for T-Pass® transmitter multicouplers include Expanding a T-Pass® system factory-tuned ferrite isolators therefore eliminating valuable on-site adding two more channels tuning time and effort as T-Pass® multicouplers are expanded into the future. Post-expansion system performance can be calculated using software, and RFI can provide the expected performance characteristics of the expanded system if requested.
www.rfi.com.au 174
Technical Support Introduction to T-Pass® technology T-Pass® System Flexibility T-Pass® multicoupler technology allows any frequency to be added on to an existing system stack - limited only by the operating bandwidth of the antenna system to which it is connected. Notably, this capability caters for two common site situations to be efficiently managed.
RFI BA-80 400-520MHz Binary Array antenna
TX3 515.700 MHz
1.5
TX2 450.650 MHz
a) On less-congested communications sites, a single broadband dipole array antenna (i.e. 400-520MHz) can be installed that can easily accommodate any frequency then introduced onto the site within its entire bandwidth - thus reducing the number of coaxial feeders and antennas installed at the site and reducing site setup costs and tower loading.
C3
C2 1.5
TX1 403.100 MHz
C1 1.5 SC
Combining channels across the bandwidth of an antenna
b) On congested sites, multiple stacks can be set up thus providing the flexibility to have at least one stack available, as determined Radiating cables or DAS by intermodulation considerations within each stack, to accommodate any frequency later introduced onto the site. Significantly, multiple frequency bands eg. TX3 C3 865.700 MHz VHF/UHF can be connected onto a single T1.5 Pass® stack. Through the use of tower-mounted TX2 C2 77.750 MHz crossband couplers detailed elsewhere in 1.5 this catalogue, these combined frequency bands can be later separated for connection TX1 C1 to multiple antennas - therefore allowing the 403.100 MHz 1.5 number of coaxial feeder cables used on a SC site to be reduced. This can also present significant advantages on sites where tower space and/or loadings are already at a Combining channels across premium - or where expensive tower rental multiple frequency bands rates can be optimised through keeping the number of antennas installed to a minimum. In addition, this ability is particularly useful in Distributed Antenna Systems (DAS) where channels across multiple frequency bands may combined for connection to multi-band antennas or radiating cable - as used for in-building or in-tunnel communications. In conjunction with Crossband Couplers (see elsewhere in this catalogue), complex multi-channel, multi-band multicouplers can be easily designed and constructed using T-Pass® technology.
www.rfi.com.au 175
Technical Support Introduction to T-Pass® technology T-Pass® System Configurability T-Pass® multicoupler technology also allows each channel to be configured to suit the characteristics required for its correct operation. As with any cavity filter, the T-Pass® loop assembly's insertion loss can be varied to provide an alternate selectivity response for each channel, and additional cavity filters (bandpass, Vari-Notch®, series notch, etc) may also be added to each channel position in the stack to enhance the overall channel response - without losing the expandability benefits of the T-Pass® technology. T-Pass® multicouplers can be easily configured to meet the most demanding site design requirements. This includes consideration of whether a channel is for transmit and/or receive operation, the spacing to other frequencies within the stack, the required isolation to other frequencies in the stack, transmitter output powers and receiver sensitivities. When used with the other multicoupling systems products and comprehensive engineering design services available from RFI, the patented T-Pass® technology provides the most flexible transmit and receive multicoupling capability in the market today.
ANTENNA
TR1 455.800 MHz
455.900 MHz
SC TX1 456.100 MHz
TX2 456.325 MHz
SC
RX1 460.100 RX2 460.325
Per-channel configuration flexibility
This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.
If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here, please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!
www.rfi.com.au 176
Technical Support Introduction to T-Pass® technology T-Pass® - For Transmit and/or Receive Applications
RX ANTENNA
The concepts of T-Pass® multicoupler technology can be equally applied to transmit, receive, or combined transmit/receive applications. Simplex and duplex services can also be combined together onto the same stack to further enhance site multicoupler design flexibility.
RX3 411.500
C3 1.5
P 460.800 R 455.800 RX2 460.800
C2 1.5
0.3
RX1 520.875
C1 1.5
SC
Pass 155.310 MHz TR 1 Ch. 1: 155.310 Ch. 2: 155.910
C1
C2
1.0
1.0
Pass 155.910 MHz
SC
C3
C4
1.0
1.0
SC
By utilising a hybrid combiner in conjunction with TPass® channels, very close channel spacing can also be easily accommodated within T-Pass® multicouplers. Multicoupling adjacent 25KHz channels (as shown) would normally incur around 3.5dB of insertion loss in the hybrid combiner alone. Adding a dual isolator and harmonic filter to the hybrid combiner would increase this to around 4.1dB per input. Incorporating these two close spaced frequencies into a T-Pass® stack will only increase this existing design loss by 1dB, but will realise the real benefit of utilising the existing antenna (and related feeder) system.
In addition, T-Pass® multicouplers can be configured for unique applications - such as frequency agile base stations or multi-frequency paging. This can be accomplished through either a multi-cavity T-Pass® channel tuned for a widepassband response, or a multi-cavity "comb filter" configuration. (note the use of T-Pass® loop assemblies on both sides of the cavity filter.
TX3 493.5000 -5.1 dB
HF
C2 1.0
TX2 493.5250 -5.1 dB
TX1 467.5000 -1.9 dB
HF
C1 1.0
SC
www.rfi.com.au 177
Technical Support Introduction to T-Pass® technology In a typical multi-channel combined transmit/receive multicoupler (as shown at right), multiple T-Pass® transmit channels are stacked with a multi-cavity window preselector that provides the required receive frequencies passband. At the output of this window preselector there is a low noise receiver multicoupler amplifier that provides signal into a distribution network for up to four (4) receivers. This transmit/receive multicoupler network can be easily expanded on both transmit and receive sections, continuing the benefits of the superior TPass® system expandability.
TX3 153.410 MHz
TX2 153.545 MHz
TX1 153.725 MHz
C1
C2
1.0
1.50
C3
C4
1.0
1.50
C5
C6
1.0
1.50
Pass 158.175 - 158.300
C7
So what else can you do with T-Pass® technology?
C9
C8
SC
As is shown in an example below, T-Pass® can be implemented as a solution for almost any system design where superior performance, dynamic design flexibility, and future expandability is desired.
RX1 158.175
6 dB Pad
RX2 158.220 RX3 158.275 50 Ohms
PS
Multi-channel combined transmit / receiver multicoupler System Antenna 6-Section RX Combline Filter 806-821 MHz
4-Section TX Combline Filter 851-866 MHz
TX5 856.5625 -2.9 dB
C5
RX1 815.5625
1.25
RX2 814.5625 TX4 857.5625 -3.2 dB
RX3 813.5625 C4
RX4 812.5625 1.25
Fixed Pad
RX5 811.5625 PS
50 Ohms TX3 858.5625 -3.3 dB
TX2 859.5625 -3.2 dB
TX1 860.5625 -3.2 dB
50 Ohms
C3
50 Ohms 1.25
SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS
C2
Maximum Tx Power 12 W Maximum Tx Channel Loss -3.3 dB Tx-Tx Isolation -80 dB Antenna - Tx Isolation -70 dB T-R Isolation @ Tx Frequencies -80 dB T-R Isolation @ Rx Frequencies -90 dB Typical System Sensitivity 0.24 uV (antenna feedline loss ~ 2 dB, 0.25 uV Rx sensitivity, net system gain set to +6.0 dB)
1.25
C1 1.25 SC
Multi-channel High performance Trunking multicoupler
www.rfi.com.au 178
Introduction to Receiver Distribution Systems RFI offers a family of modular-style, receiver multicouplers that utilise high level, low noise, bipolar transistor preamplifiers and multichannel power dividers to provide a dynamically expandable receiver multicoupler system. Applications for the modules in this family include the improvement of receive sensitivity, isolation measurement systems, boosting test equipment (eg. spectrum analyser) sensitivity, and the distribution of signals to multiple receivers or other equipment. Using our "pyramid" style interconnection system, receiver multicouplers can be provided in two (2) to sixty-four (64) or more distributed channels in standard configurations, and customised designs can easily accommodate the requirements of high density sites requiring even more channels! Preamplifiers and dividers may be added over time, as needed, to keep pace with the receiver multicoupler capacity requirements on an individual site-by-site basis, therefore optimising expenditure on site equipment at all times. In addition, the modular format of our units allow them to be easily reconfigured at any future date to adapt to changes in antenna and associated receiver preselector installations at a site should these occur. This modular flexibility also allows any of the preamplifier or divider modules to be re-used on other sites if a site is decommissioned at any time. Preamplifier modules may be cascaded to provide higher levels of gain, or individual units may be incorporated within complex distribution systems to balance overall gain levels for particular channels. Single stage module configurations are typically suitable for up to eight (8) distributed channel outputs. A dual stage preamplifier typically has sufficient gain to drive up to sixty-four (64) such channels. Our modular approach also allows additional amplifier modules to be easily added, if required, to provide higher gain for systems requiring more than 64 channels In addition, passive attenuators are provided in all models to allow for the correct settings of system gain within a given site configuration. When dual stage preamplifiers are employed, the attenuator is connected between stages. In this position the second stage will operate at the highest output signal level only when maximum gain is required, obtaining the best IM performance possible over all gain adjustments. Preamp stages are individually shielded to provide stable high gain and to minimise extraneous coupling in areas of high level RF fields. Each amplifier stage has an op-amp controlled bias level to ensure stable gain and noise figure performance across a wide temperature range and supply voltage variation.
Receiver Multicoupler System Expansion Electrical and mechanical expandability is an inherent characteristic of our modular receiver multicoupler technology.
Starting a Receiver Multicoupler system A receiver multicoupling system can be started with a configuration for either two or four distributed channels. Expanding onto the system in the above example, we started the system with an initial four (4) channels. By inserting a two-way and another four-way divider as shown we can increase the starter system's capacity to cater for up to eight (8) distribution channels. The attenuator gain is adjusted to compensate for the additional dividers.
Starting a system the first channels
Expanding a system adding more channels
179
Technical Support Introduction to Receiver Distribution Systems System Flexibility As another example, lets start with a dual preamplifier stage, four channel system and expand it out towards 64 channels.
Now we add the first expansion stage that expands the unit's capacity to up to eight (8) channels. The attenuator gain is adjusted to return the overall gain to the desired setting.
Significantly, output splitters may be located in another rack of equipment, separated from the rest of the receiver multicoupler system, therefore un-cluttering site equipment room cabling. Keeping the build of the "pyramid" style modular configuration ensures that each output in the system has the same overall gain as the others. Once again, the attenuator gain is adjusted to return the overall gain to the desired setting.
As determined by the site's capacity requirements, we have now added the required modules to provide for up to twelve(12) channels. Each time a modular building block is incorporated into the design, the attenuator gain may be adjusted to return the overall gain to the desired setting.
Now we have commenced the next tier of the pyramid modular structure. Implementing expansion in this way ensures the overall gain is maintained at the same setting for every channel in the system. If alternate gains are desired within the system, the layer structure of the pyramid can be configured to enable any output (or group of outputs) to be configured with a higher or lower gain than other outputs in the system. By following the above expansion methodology, the expansion of a site's receiver multicoupling using RFIsupplied expandable receiver multicoupling technology, can truly follow the capacity requirements of the site into the future.
www.rfi.com.au 180
Cavity Filters
Description A resonant cavity filter is typically a two port device that allows signals to flow between the two ports with a specific response characteristic applied. This response characteristic is determined by the filter type, i.e. Bandpass, Standard Notch, Series Notch®, Vari-Notch® also known as pseudo bandpass, or T-Pass®. The different response characteristics may be utilised within a design to provide a desired overall performance result from the filter assembly. Most RFI resonant cavity filters are made of seamless aluminium and finished with a passivated alodined finish. They are manufactured using a 1/4" (6.35mm) thick top cap that is heliarc welded at high RF current points to eliminate the generation of unwanted noise and the need for periodic retuning caused by poor metal to metal contact. In addition, these models use 1/10" (2.54mm) seamless aluminium pipe walls that do not dent and detune like some thin walled copper resonating cavities do, and has non-corrosive passivating coating (alodine) applied to the inside, and the outside of the cavity shell. Erratic tuning problems, noise, high loss, degraded selectivity, and corrosion are avoided by the use of quality silver-plated tuning probes and contact fingers. In these models the loops are calibrated for easy adjustment of insertion loss, also allowing easy replacement of the loop to allow the reconfiguration of the cavity's response style for future re-use in other applications. In addition to tubular resonant cavities, RFI can also supply square styles that are better suited to some requirements, and high Q dielectric cavities that offer reduced physical size for applications where mounting space is at a premium.
Typical Applications Individual or cascaded cavity filters may also be used as a solution in a variety of interference management and frequency selectivity situations including; ·
Combining multiple transmitters and/or receivers to shared antennas.
·
Improving the performance of existing duplexers that have inadequate isolation or off-channel interference rejection.
·
At crowded communications sites, cavity filters are ideal for quieting noisy transmitters or for preventing transmitter intermodulation (I.M.) mixing.
·
Frequency pre-selection / unwanted frequency rejection
·
Receiver front-end selectivity can be greatly enhanced by the use of cavity filters - thus reducing or eliminating desensitisation and other overload problems.
181
Technical Support Cavity Filters Filter Selection The various cavity filter types are briefly described below to help identify the one(s) that best suit each design performance requirement.
Bandpass
Passes one narrow band of frequencies and attenuates all others with increasing attenuation above and below the pass frequency. A bandpass filter is ideally suited to general transmitter spurious output filtering, or sharpening receiver front-end selectivity. These cavities have adjustable selectivity characteristics (rotatable loops) that provide a compromise between insertion loss (0.5 - 3.0db) and selectivity. Maximum power handling is determined by the insertion loss setting. This filter is the best choice when interfering frequencies are not known to any degree of accuracy or when very broadband filtering is required.
Series Notch® Passes a relatively wide band of frequencies while rejecting a very narrow band of frequencies. Notch depth is variable from 15-25db typically. This is the best filter for very close separations of frequencies (70KHz and greater in Low Band, 70 - 200KHz in VHF High band, and 200-400KHz in UHF). The wide passband can be an advantage when filtering multiplechannel transmitters and receivers.
Vari-Notch®
Passes a relatively narrow band of frequencies and rejects (notches out) a relatively wide frequency band. This filter has the greatest notch depth when compared to other types. Notch depth is adjustable but is referenced to a passband insertion loss (typically 0.3 or 0.6db). These filters are available in both low-pass and high-pass configurations. This is the best filter type for moderately close to wide frequency separations (i.e. 200KHz or greater in VHF High band, or 400KHz or greater in UHF).
T-Pass®
Another type of cavity filter used for expandable transmit and receive multicoupler applications. Characteristics are identical to a bandpass filter, but a T-Pass® filter has a third port connection for coupling to other channels. This filter type is uniquely ideal for combining multiple transmitters and/or receivers onto a common antenna system. T-Pass® cavity filters are presented in the Multicoupling Systems section of this catalogue.
This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.
If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here, please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!
www.rfi.com.au 182
Technical Support Cavity Filters Insertion Loss versus Selectivity The insertion loss of a cavity can be varied by adjusting its loops. Generally speaking, increasing the insertion loss will increase the "Q" (or "selectivity") of the cavity and narrow (or "sharpen") the response of the filter. This provides flexibility in designing a compromise between insertion loss and selectivity to provide the particular response required in each application. 0
The curve at left shows the different selectivity of bandpass cavities with their loops adjusted for 0.5db (the wider curve), and 1db (the narrower curve) respectively. Note the differing attenuation rates between the two curves as you move higher or lower from the tuned centre frequency.
5
ATTENUATION dB
10 15 20 25 30 35 0.5dB
1.0dB
Cascading Filters
0
0
10
10
20
20
30
30
ATTENUATION dB
ATTENUATION dB
Cavities of similar (i.e. bandpass/bandpass) or different (i.e. bandpass/notch) filter types may be cascaded in series, and sometimes parallel, to achieve a sum result of individual filter performance.
40 50 60
40 50 60
70
70
80
80 90
90 -1.0
-0.8
-0.6
-0.4
-0.2
fo
+0.2
Response of 3 cavities
+0.4
+0.6
+0.8
+1.0
-1.0
-0.8
-0.6
-0.4
-0.2
fo
+0.2
+0.4
+0.6
+0.8
+1.0
Response of 4 cavities
The above curves show the different selectivity of cascaded bandpass cavities. The curve on the left represents three cavities with a combined insertion loss of 3.2db, and the right curve represents four cavities with a combined insertion loss of 4.3db. Again, note the differing attenuation rates between the two curves as you move higher or lower from the tuned centre frequency. Up to 6db of additional attenuation may be obtainable if the optimum length interconnecting cables are used between cascaded cavities (this additional 6db does not occur in the filter passband, but only at the frequencies where moderate to high attenuation occurs). RFI provide the optimum cables as part of any multi-cavity design configuration shipped from our factory, and we can also provide cables to your order when you design or modify your own configurations.
Extra Reading For some additional information on the use of the various cavity filter types, please read the following TX RX Seminar Subjects papers - Interference Control through the use of Cavity Filters and Ferrite Isolators, and Combating Spurious Output and Overloading with Cavity Filters. Both can be found on our web site at - www.rfi.com.au Or contact us to organise a copy to be sent out to you.
www.rfi.com.au 183
Introduction to Duplexers
Description A duplexer is typically a three port device that allows two discrete signal paths, known as its ports, to be combined onto a common or antenna port. Duplexers are a commonly implemented solution for coupling a full duplex two-frequency base station repeater to a single antenna. Duplexers are most frequently designed to couple two discrete frequencies within a frequency sub-band together. However, duplexers can also be designed with broader responses on either (or both) of its two isolated ports to pass a range of frequencies, increasing their flexibility for use in multi-channel and/or multi-band systems. In addition, units may be interconnected with other multicoupling devices to obtain an overall sum result of their individual characteristics, thereby allowing customised design performance requirements to be met for a diverse range of frequency bands, power ratings, channel spacings, port isolation requirements, and other "performance determining" characteristics. Isolation is provided by the response of the duplexer to ensure that the two isolated port's signals do not unacceptably interact with each other - i.e. cause interference. The duplexer response characteristic is determined by the filter type employed, i.e. Bandpass, Notch, or Vari-Notch®. Filtering combinations within one duplexer configuration create subtle performance variations that can provide solutions to specific applications requirements. RFI duplexers are made of aluminium and, depending on the model and style, finished with a painted or passivated alodined finish. Erratic tuning problems, noise, high loss, degraded selectivity, and corrosion are avoided by the use of quality tuning assemblies. Duplexers are available in a variety of response characteristics, power handling ratings and mounting styles to suit a range of applications. In addition, other multicoupling devices (i.e. cavities, notch filters, etc) can be connected to a duplexer to further customise its performance characteristics for specific applications requirements. In addition to our standard models, RFI can also design and manufacture customised configurations to suit specialised operating frequency or mounting requirements.
Typical Applications Duplexers may be used as a solution in the following combining and frequency selectivity situations;
184
·
Connecting a full duplex base station to a single antenna or radiating coaxial cable.
·
Connecting multi-channel transmit or receive multicoupling systems to a single antenna or radiating coaxial cable.
Technical Support Introduction to Duplexers Duplexer Selection The various duplexer types are briefly described below to help identify the one(s) that best suit each design performance requirement.
Bandpass
Passes one or several frequencies within a narrow pass band and attenuates all others with increasing attenuation above and below this band. A bandpass duplexer is ideally suited for use on busy transmission sites where the maximum protection (isolation) is desirable at all other frequencies. This style of duplexer uses bandpass cavities and therefore has the individual cavity's adjustable selectivity characteristics (rotatable loops) that provide a compromise between insertion loss (0.5 - 3.0db) and selectivity. Maximum power handling is determined by the insertion loss setting. This duplexer is the best choice on busy communications sites or where there is a lot of background noise floor in other segments of the RF spectrum (i.e. when very broadband filtering is required).
Series Notch®
Passes a relatively wide band of frequencies while rejecting a very narrow band of frequencies on each port. This style of duplexer offers the equipment connected to it minimal protection (isolation) from frequencies other than those connected to its ports, however this can be significantly improved by connecting additional multicoupling devices (i.e. cavity filters) as required. This style is suitable on sites with minimal other equipment, and is a good duplexer for very close separations of frequencies.
Vari-Notch®
Passes a relatively narrow band of frequencies and rejects (notches out) a relatively wide frequency band on each port. This duplexer has the greatest notch depth (isolation) when compared to other types. Notch depth is adjustable but is referenced to a passband insertion loss (typically 0.3 or 0.6db). These duplexers are available in both low-pass and high-pass configurations. This duplexer is suitable for most installation applications on most communications sites. This is the best duplexer type for moderately close through to wide frequency separations.
T-Pass®
Another type of duplexer for more specialised applications, or where the unique connectivity capability of the T-Pass® loop can be used to provide a solution to the multicoupling requirement. Characteristics are identical to a bandpass duplexer, but a T-Pass® duplexer has the additional loop connection for coupling to other multicoupling devices (i.e. a notch filter) to achieve an overall performance characteristic, or to provide for adding extra channels to expand the duplexer into a multi-channel combiner in the future. This duplexer style can achieve unique performance characteristics otherwise not available utilising the above duplexer styles.
www.rfi.com.au 185
Technical Support Introduction to Duplexers Enhancing Duplexer performance Bandpass and/or notch cavity filters of similar (i.e. bandpass/bandpass) or different (i.e. bandpass/notch) filter types may be added to a duplexer to achieve a sum result of individual duplexer/filter performance. In a similar way, alternate performance characteristics can be created to suit almost any application. RFI would be pleased to assist in providing alternate duplexer solutions than the frequently requested models represented in this catalogue.
Extra Reading For some additional information on the use of duplexers, please read the following Tech-Aid paper Duplexer Problems and Remedies. Available on our web site at - www.rfi.com.au - or contact us to organise a copy to be sent out to you.
This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.
If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here, please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!
www.rfi.com.au 186
General Engineering Data
Power In/Out versus Insertion Loss Field accuracy of wattmeter readings is subject to considerable variance due to RF connector VSWR and basic wattmeter accuracy, particularly at low end scale readings. Allowing for these variances, this graph offers a convenient means of determining the insertion loss of filter, duplexers, multicouplers, and related
.50 .25
1.0
2.0 1.5
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
6.5 6.0 5.5
INSERTION LOSS (dB)
7.0
products.
500 400
INPUT POWER (WATTS)
300 250 200
150 125 100
75
50 50
75
100
125 150
200
250
300
400
500
OUTPUT POWER (WATTS) FOR LOWER POWER LEVELS, DIVIDE BOTH SCALES BY 10 (5 TO 50 WATTS)
187
Technical Support General Engineering Data Power FWD/REV versus VSWR
REFLECTED POWER (WATTS) FOR OTHER POWER LEVELS, MULTIPLY BOTH SCALES BY THE SAME MULTIPLIER
500 V S W R
400 300 200
100
FORWARD POWER (WATTS)
1.1:1 50 40 1.15:1
30
1.2:1
20
1.25:1 10
1.3:1
1.4:1 5.0 4.0
1.5:1
3.0
1.6:1
2.0
1.8:1 2.0:1
1.0
2.5:1 3.0:1
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
2.0
4.0
6.0
10
8.0
20
40
0.5
REFLECTED POWER (WATTS)
www.rfi.com.au 188
Technical Support General Engineering Data Power and Voltage Ratios Conversion CONVERSION TABLE POWER AND VOLTAGE RATIO TO DB
TO FIND : Voltage Power and Ratios Current
}
GIVEN : Decibels
TO ACCOUNT FOR THE SIGN OF THE DECIBEL
For positive (+) values of the decibel - Both voltage and power ratios are greater than unity. Use the two right-hand columns. Example: ± Given 9.1dB; Find: -dB+ Voltage Ratio
Power Ratio
dB
Voltage Ratio
+ 9.1 dB - 9.1 dB Power Ratio
}
For negative (-) values of the decibel - Both voltage and power ratios are less than unity. Use the two left-hand columns. Power Ratio
Voltage Ratio
8.128 0.1230
2.851 0.3508 Voltage Ratio
-dB+ Power Ratio
dB
Voltage Ratio
Power Ratio
1.0000
1.0000
0.0
1.000
1.000
0.5623
0.3162
5.0
1.778
3.162
0.9886
0.9772
0.1
1.012
1.023
0.5559
0.3090
5.1
1.799
3.236
0.9772
0.9550
0.2
1.023
1.047
0.5495
0.3020
5.2
1.820
3.311
0.9661
0.9333
0.3
1.035
1.072
0.5433
0.2951
5.3
1.841
3.388
0.9550
0.9120
0.4
1.047
1.096
0.5370
0.2884
5.4
1.862
3.467
0.9441
0.8913
0.5
1.059
1.122
0.5309
0.2818
5.5
1.884
3.548
0.9333
0.8710
0.6
1.072
1.148
0.5248
0.2754
5.6
1.905
3.631
0.9226
0.8511
0.7
1.084
1.175
0.5188
0.2692
5.7
1.928
3.715
0.9120
0.8318
0.8
1.096
1.202
0.5129
0.2630
5.8
1.905
3.802
0.9016
0.8128
0.9
1.109
1.230
0.5070
0.2570
5.9
1.972
3.890
0.8913
0.7943
1.0
1.122
1.259
0.5012
0.2512
6.0
1.995
3.981
0.8810
0.7762
1.1
1.135
1.288
0.4955
0.2455
6.1
2.018
4.074
0.8710
0.7586
1.2
1.148
1.318
0.4898
0.2399
6.2
2.042
4.169
0.8610
0.7413
1.3
1.161
1.349
0.4842
0.2344
6.3
2.065
4.286
0.8511
0.7244
1.4
1.175
1.380
0.4786
0.2291
6.4
2.089
4.365
0.8414
0.7079
1.5
1.189
1.413
0.4732
0.2239
6.5
2.113
4.467
0.8318
0.6918
1.6
1.202
1.445
0.4677
0.2188
6.6
2.138
4.571
0.8222
0.6761
1.7
1.216
1.479
0.4624
0.2138
6.7
2.163
4.677
0.8128
0.6607
1.8
1.230
1.514
0.4571
0.2089
6.8
2.188
4.786
0.8035
0.6457
1.9
1.245
1.549
0.4519
0.2042
6.9
2.213
4.898
0.7943
0.6319
2.0
1.259
1.585
0.4467
0.1995
7.0
2.239
5.012
0.7852
0.6166
2.1
1.274
1.622
0.4416
0.1950
7.1
2.265
5.129
0.7762
0.6026
2.2
1.288
1.660
0.4365
0.1905
7.2
2.291
5.248
0.7674
0.5888
2.3
1.303
1.698
0.4315
0.1862
7.3
2.317
5.370
0.7586
0.5754
3.4
1.318
1.738
0.4266
0.1820
7.4
2.344
5.495
0.7499
0.5623
2.5
1.334
1.778
0.4217
0.1778
7.5
2.371
5.623
0.7413
0.5495
2.6
1.349
1.820
0.4169
0.1738
7.6
2.399
5.754
0.7328
0.5370
2.7
1.365
1.862
0.4121
0.1698
7.7
2.427
5.888
0.7244
0.5248
2.8
1.381
1.905
0.4074
0.1660
7.8
2.455
6.026
0.7161
0.5129
2.9
1.396
1.950
0.4027
0.1622
7.9
2.483
6.166
0.7079
0.5012
3.0
1.413
1.995
0.3981
0.1585
8.0
2.512
6.310
0.6998
0.4808
3.1
1.429
2.042
0.3936
0.1549
8.1
2.541
6.457
0.6918
0.4786
3.2
1.445
2.089
0.3890
0.1514
8.2
2.570
6.607
0.6839
0.4677
3.3
1.462
2.138
0.3846
0.1479
8.3
2.600
6.761
0.6761
0.4571
3.4
1.479
2.188
0.3802
0.1445
8.4
2.630
6.918
0.6683
0.4467
3.5
1.496
2.239
0.3758
0.1413
8.5
2.661
7.079
0.6607
0.4365
3.6
1.514
2.291
0.3715
0.1380
8.6
2.692
7.244
0.6531
0.4266
3.7
1.531
2.344
0.3673
0.1349
8.7
2.723
7.413
0.6457
0.4169
3.8
1.549
2.399
0.3631
0.1318
8.8
2.754
7.586
0.6383
0.4074
3.9
1.567
2.455
0.3589
0.1288
8.9
2.786
7.762
0.6310
0.3981
4.0
1.585
2.512
0.3548
0.1259
9.0
2.818
7.943
0.6237
0.3890
4.1
1.603
2.570
0.3508
0.1230
9.1
2.851
8.128
0.6166
0.3802
4.2
1.622
2.630
0.3467
0.1202
9.2
2.884
8.318
0.6095
0.3715
4.3
1.641
2.692
0.3428
0.1175
9.3
2.917
8.511
0.6026
0.3631
4.4
1.660
2.754
0.3388
0.1148
9.4
2.951
8.710
0.5957
0.3548
4.5
1.679
2.818
0.3350
0.1122
9.5
2.985
8.913
0.5888
0.3467
4.6
1.698
2.884
0.3311
0.1096
9.6
3.020
9.120
0.5821
0.3388
4.7
1.718
2.951
0.3273
0.0172
9.7
3.055
9.333
0.5754
0.3311
4.8
1.738
3.020
0.3236
0.1047
9.8
3.090
9.550
0.5689
0.3236
4.9
1.758
3.090
0.3199
0.1023
9.9
3.126
9.772
www.rfi.com.au 189
Technical Support General Engineering Data
Isolation Curves for Transmitter / Receiver Separations The curves shown below for use with filters, duplexers, and multicouplers, indicate the amount of isolation or attenuation required between a typical 100 watt transmitter and its associated receiver at the Tx (carrier suppression) and Rx (noise suppression) frequency which will result in no more than a 1 dB degradation of the 12 dB SINAD sensitivity.
100
FREQUENCY SEPARATION (MHz)
132 - 174 MHz BAND
90
80
70
ATTENUATION (dB)
60 50
For TX Power of: 25 watts - subtract 6 dB 50 watts - subtract 3 dB 100 watts - no correction 250 watts - add 4 dB 350 watts - add 5.5 dB
40 .2 100
.3
.4
.5 .6 .7 .8 .9 1
2
3
4
5
6 7 8 9 10
3
4
5
6 7 8 9 10
FREQUENCY SEPARATION (MHz)
400 - 512 MHz BAND
90
80
70
60 50
For TX Power of: 25 watts - subtract 6 dB 50 watts - subtract 3 dB 100 watts - no correction 250 watts - add 4 dB 350 watts - add 5.5 dB
40 .2
.3
.4
.5 .6 .7 .8 .9 1
2
www.rfi.com.au 190
Technical Support General Engineering Data Isolation vs Antenna Separation
Attenuation provided by VERTICAL separation of dipole antennas
Attenuation provided by HORIZONTAL separation of dipole antennas
www.rfi.com.au 191
Technical Support General Engineering Data
Conversion of VSWR to Return Loss VSWR
dB
VSWR
dB
VSWR
dB
1.01
46.06
1.55
13.32
5
3.52
1.02
40.09
1.60
12.74
6
2.92
1.03
36.61
1.65
12.21
7
2.50
1.04
34.15
1.70
11.73
8
2.18
1.05
32.26
1.75
11.29
9
1.94
1.06
30.71
1.80
10.88
10
1.74
1.07
29.42
1.85
10.51
11
1.58
1.08
28.30
1.90
10.16
12
1.45
1.09
27.32
1.95
9.84
13
1.34
1.10
26.44
2.00
9.54
14
1.24
1.11
25.66
2.05
9.26
15
1.16
1.12
24.94
2.10
9.00
16
1.09
1.13
24.29
2.15
8.75
17
1.02
1.14
23.69
2.20
8.52
18
0.97
1.15
23.13
2.25
8.30
19
0.92
1.16
22.61
2.30
8.09
20
0.87
1.17
22.12
2.35
7.89
25
0.70
1.18
21.66
2.40
7.71
30
0.58
1.19
21.23
2.45
7.53
35
0.50
1.20
20.83
2.50
7.36
40
0.43
1.21
20.44
2.55
7.20
45
0.39
1.22
20.08
2.60
7.04
50
0.35
1.23
19.73
2.65
6.90
55
0.32
1.24
19.40
2.70
6.76
60
0.29
1.25
19.08
2.75
6.62
65
0.27
1.26
18.78
2.80
6.49
70
0.25
1.27
18.49
2.85
6.37
75
0.23
1.28
18.22
2.90
6.25
80
0.22
1.29
17.95
2.95
6.13
85
0.20
1.30
17.69
3.00
6.02
90
0.19
1.31
17.45
3.05
5.91
95
0.18
1.32
17.21
3.10
5.81
100
0.17
1.33
16.98
3.15
5.71
150
0.12
1.34
16.75
3.20
5.62
200
0.09
1.35
16.54
3.25
5.52
250
0.07
1.36
16.33
3.30
5.43
300
0.06
1.37
16.13
3.35
5.35
350
0.05
1.38
15.94
3.40
5.26
400
0.04
1.39
15.75
3.45
5.18
450
0.04
1.40
15.56
3.50
5.11
500
0.03
1.41
15.38
3.55
5.03
1000
0.02
1.42
15.21
3.60
4.96
1.43
15.04
3.65
4.88
1.44
14.88
3.70
4.81
1.45
14.72
3.75
4.75
1.46
14.56
3.80
4.68
1.47
14.41
3.85
4.62
1.48
14.26
3.90
4.56
1.49
14.12
3.95
4.50
1.50
13.98
4.00
4.44
www.rfi.com.au 192